第一篇:2019高考英语知识点总结精华版(最全)
2019届高考英语知识点总结精华版(史上最全)1.a great/good many: a large number of许多。修饰可数名词复数。
I’m quite busy.I have a great many things to do.我很忙,我有很多事要做。若复数名词前有限定词或其修饰的为代词时,应加of.①A great many of the books have been sold out.已经卖了很多书了。②A great many of them are out of work.他们很多人失业了。
2.able(可以的,有能力的,可能的)①He is an able man.那人本事不小。enable(v)使……能
②We must learn more to enable us to face all the difficulties.我们要多学知识以便能面对各种困难。
disable:有残疾的,不能干的;the disabled表示一类人(残疾人)able作词辍时
①可以……的,值得……的(有被动含义)
eatable可食用的,measurable可以测量、估计的;readable可读的 ②其他含义:conformable舒适的、安逸的;suitable 合适的,恰当的
3.above, over, on 三个词都可以表示“在……上“,但用法不同。On表示与某物体表面接触;over表示在某物体垂直的上方,含“布满、覆盖、跨越”之意,与under 相对;above表示位置高于,但不一定垂直,与below相对。注意:与数字、数量、长度词连用时,多用over,同more than。如:over10,000people一万多人;表示年龄、刻度多用above,如a man above fifty五十开外的人;above zero零度以上。习惯用语:well above average远在一般以上;above sea-level海拔以上;the one above上面的一个;above all首先,尤其重要的是;over there 那边;all over 遍及;over again 再一遍;over and
over再三地 [应用]介词填空
①There lay an umbrella_______the table and some raincoats _____it.②The mother held an umbrella______the boy’s head so that the sun wouldn’t burn him.③ There seemed to be a war and many planes were flying____the city.④The moon was______the trees in the east.Key:①on,under ②over ③over ④above above all 首先,特别是,最重要的是 after all 到底,毕竟
at all(用来加强语气)与not连用,表示“一点也不,完全不”。in all 总共
all but 几乎,差点没(=almost,nearly)①We have all but finished the work.②The day turned out fine after all.③Children need many things ,but above all they need love.④He wasn’t at all tired.⑤Do you feel ill at all(真的,确实)? ⑥There were twenty in all at the party.accident/event/ incident event一般指重大事件。accident多指意外或偶然发生的事故,特别是不幸的、有损害性的事故。incident相对于accident来说,显得不很重要,指“小事件”,它还可以用来表示“事变”,如叛乱、爆炸等。如:
The broadcaster is broadcasting the news on current events.广播员正在播报时事新闻。He was badly injured in the traffic accident.在那起交通事故中,他严重受伤。
There was an incident on the bus: a man fought with the conductor.那辆公共汽车上发生了一件事,有个人和售票员打了起来。
Have you heard of Xi’an Incident?你听说过“西安事变”吗?
admit vt.①接纳,许可……进入(allow sb./sth.to enter)
He was admitted to the school this year.Only two hundred boys and girls are admitted to our school every year.②承认,后可接名词,doing、从句或复合结构。
I admit my fault.She admitted having read the letter.He admitted that his comprehension was weak.You must admit the task to be difficult.advice建议;劝告。是不可数名词,“一条建议”应用a piece of advice。常用结构。give sb.advice(on)/give advice给某人提(关于……的)建议;忠告某人。ask(sb.)for advice征求(某人的)意见。
①Marx gave us some good advice on how to learn a foreign language.关于如何学好外语,马克思给我们提了些好建议。
②If you take /follow my advice, you’ll pass the exam.如果你听从我的建议,你会考试及格的。③Let’s ask our teacher for some advice.咱们征求一下老师的意见吧。admire(= respect / praise)vt.羡慕,钦佩,夸奖
admire sb.(for sth.)佩服某人某事
Visitors to Beijing greatly admire our Palace Museum.去北京的游人极其羡慕我们的故宫。
I admire him for his wisdom.我佩服他的智慧。别忘了夸奖孩子。对比:envy(= jealous)vt.嫉妨,羡慕
envy sb.(sth.)嫉妒/羡慕某人某事
We all envy you your good future.我们都很羡慕你的好运。
advise sb.to do sth.建议某人做某事(suggest不这样用)。①I advise you to take the chance.我建议你抓住机会。②—What do you advise me to do?你建议我怎么办?
—I advise you not to lose heart;just keep on.我劝你不要灰心,继续干。
advise 还可同suggest一样,后接名词、代词、动名词(短语)和that从句(用虚拟语气)作宾语。①—What would you advise?你有什么建议吗?—I advise you an early start我建议你早点出发。②I advise holding a metting to discuss the problem.我建议召开一次会议来讨论这个问题。③I advise you(should)go to once.我建议你马上去。advise,persuade
persuade sb.to do sth.意为“说服某人做某事”,强调劝说成功,说服;advise sb.to do sth.意为“劝说某人做某事”,不涉及劝说是否有效,相当于try to persuade sb.to do sth.。如: The doctor persuaded my father to give up smoking.医生说服我爸爸戒了烟。The doctor advised my father to give up smoking, but failed.医生劝我爸爸戒烟,但没成功。advise;suggest advise 与suggest 都可作“建议”讲,二者用法有同有异。(1)相同点表示建议做某事,advise与suggest都可采用下列三种句型: ① + 名词 ② + 动名词
③ + that从句(从句中常用should加动词原形,should可以省略。)eg.He advised/ suggested an early start.He advised/ suggested(our)starting early.He advised/ suggested that we(should)start early.(注:只要是用从句表示建议该做的事,从句中就可用“should+动词原形”,should可以省略。)上面 的第三句可转化为:
It was suggested that we(should)start early.What he suggested was that we(should)start early.His suggestion was that we(should)start early.(2)不同点
①advise后可以跟人称代词作宾语,而suggest后不可以跟人称代词作宾语。故可以说:
advise sb.to do sth.;advise sb.against(doing)sth.;advise sb.on/ about sth.;suggest(to sb.)that...前三种结构中不可将advise改为suggest,如: 他建议我们去参观博物馆。
[正]He advised us to go to visit the museum.[误]He suggested us to go to visit the museum.[误]He suggested us that we go to visit the museum.②suggest还有“暗示、表明、说、指出(一个事实)”的意思。此时从句中用陈述语气,不用虚拟语气。如:
The smile on his face suggested that he was pleased.Having examined carefully, the doctor suggested that the patient was seriously ill.(句中suggest陈述了一个事实,故用陈述语气。)比较:
Having examined carefully, the doctor suggested that the Patient be
operated on at once.(句中suggest表示建议该做某事,从句中用should加动词原形,should在从句中省略。)affect(=have an effect on sth.)vt.影响(effect n.影响)
This may affect your health.这或许会影响你的健康。
My throat is always affected by bad weather.我的嗓子总是受恶劣天气的影响。
afraid 1)“be afraid of+名词”,意为“害怕”。
2)“be afraid of doing sth”意为“担心,害怕……”。3)“be afraid for…”意为“为……担心。” 4)“be afraid that…”意为“担心,恐怕”。
5)“be afraid to do ”意为“害怕,担心而不敢做某事”。6)I’m afraid so/not.恐怕是这样/恐怕不会这样 [应用]完成句子
①女孩子一般都怕蛇。Girls are usually______ _____snakes.②他怕把杯子打碎,因而很小心。He was careful because he was afraid______ _____the glass.③你不为自己的安全担心吗?Are you afraid_______your safety? ④恐怕她会迷路。I am _____ _____she will lose her way.⑤汤姆把钱丢了,也不敢告诉他母亲。Tom lost the money and was afraid________ ______his mother.Key:①afraid,of ②of,breaking ③for ④afraid,that ⑤to tell again and again = time and time again = over and over = over and over again再三地
The old man thinks of his happy past again and again.这位老人再三地想起他幸福的过去。age
(1)n.年龄,时代,时期
The old man died at the age of 80/when he was 80 years of age/when he was 80 years old.那位老人80岁时去世了。
He is young for his age.就他的年龄而论,他是年轻的。
What is the age of the church? 这座教堂多少年了?
He was the greatest poet of the age.他是那个时代最伟大的诗人。
(2)vi./vt.变老
He is aging fast.Worry ages a man.他老得很快。忧虑令人老!
I found him greatly aged.我发现他老多了。拓展:(1)adj.aged……岁的,年老的
a boy aged ten 一个10岁的男孩
an aged man老人
(2)人生的七期
baby→infant→child→youth→manhood→middle age→old age 婴儿/0→幼儿7→儿童12→青年28→壮年40→中年65→老年 agree 同意。常用桔构:
(1)agree on 对……取得一致意见或达成协议,一般表示原双方共同商讨以后达成协议的名词)。主语必须是两者以上。也常用被动语态,表示“(某事)是大家都同意的”。如:
①They agreed on the date for the next meeting.对下次会议的日期他们达成了一致意见。②At last,the plan was agreed on.最后,这项计划通过了。
③I don’t agree with you to this arrangement, but perhaps, after a discussion we will agree on this project.我不赞同你在这件事的安排,但或许在协商之后我们可以就这个工程达成共识。(2)agree to 同意;赞成。to 为介词,后接表示“建议;办法;计划”等名词。①Do you agree to my plan?你同意我的计划吗?
②The headmaster has agreed to our suggestion for the holiday.校长同意了我们度假的建议。(3)agree with同意;赞成。后接sb.或what 从句。
I agree with you ,but I don’t agree with what he said.我同意你的意见,但我不同意他所说的。另外,agree with还有“与……相适应/相一致”的意思。
The climate here doesn’t agree with me.我不适应这里的气候。(4)agree to do sth.同意、答应做某事。
Do you agree to go with us if we agree to lend you some money?如果我们答应借钱给你,你同意和我们一起去吗?
ahead短语归纳
go ahead朝前走,请便(同意对方继续干或同意对方的请求);go ahead(on)with…继续;ahead of在……前面,早于,优先;ahead of time提前 [应用]完成句子
①他朝前走去看看发生了什么事情。He ________ ________ to see what had happened.②我可以坐这个座位吗?请坐吧。May I take this seat?________ _______.③汤姆的数学比玛丽好。Tom is ________ _______ Mary in maths.④她比我早到2个小时。She arrived two hours _______ _______me.⑤他们已提前三周完成了设计。They have completed the design _______ ______ _______ _______time.Key:①went,ahead ②Go,ahead③/ ④ahead,of⑤three,weeks,ahead,of alive,living,live,lively,lovely区别
1)lovely意“可爱的”,“美好的”如:a lovely day 美好的一天
a lovely girl 可爱的女孩 2)alive 意为“活着的、有活力的”,是表语形容词,可修饰人、物; 在句中做表语宾补和或后置定词,不能用作前置定语。如
He was alive when he was taken to the hospital.他被送往医院时还活着。Although he is old, he is still very much alive.虽然年老了,但他仍十分活跃。The fish is still alive/living.那条鱼还活着。Keep him alive, please.请让他活下去吧。
He is the only man alive in the accident.他是事故中惟一活着的人。After the war , he remained alive.战后他还活着。Those alive will gather here.活着的人将在此相聚。
3)living 意为“活着的、有生命的”,主要用于作前置定语及冠词the 之后表示一类人,也可用作表语,可修饰人或物。如: a living plant
活的植物
The living will go on with the work of the dead.活着的人将继续死者的工作。all living things所有生物 the living 在世者,活着的人们 Latin is not a living language.拉丁语不是现代使用的语言。He is still living at the age of 95.95岁了他还活着。4)live [laiv](1)(动、植物)“活的”,“有生命的”,“活生生的,主要用来说鸟或其它动物,作前置定语;如:a live fish一条活鱼 a live tiger 一只活老虎
(2)实况的,现场直播的;如:a live report现场报道a live show/broadcast/TV program现场转播的表演/实况广播/现场直播的电视节目 living有精神的,活泼的,快活的,轻快的
Her grandfather is still living at the age of 93.她爷爷已经93岁了,仍然健在。5)lively 意为“活泼的”,“有生气的”, 生动的 “生动的”,可用作表语、定语,指人或物。如: a lively child 活泼的孩子
a lively description 生动的描述如:
a lively mind 活跃的头脑
a lively discussion 热烈的讨论 a way of making one’s classes lively
使课堂生动的方法
He told a lively story about his life in Africa.他讲述了一个有关他的非洲生活的一个生动故事。
Young children are usually lively.年轻人通常很活泼。all the same adj.都一样;无所谓(to+n.)
①You can stay or leave now;It’s all the same to me.②It’s all the same to me whether we’ll go there today or tomorrow.adv.仍然,还是
Thank you all the same.all the year round 全年,一年到头
In the west coast of Canada,it rains all the year round.allow与permit 1)用法相同
allow / permit sb.to do sth.允许某人做某事
allow / permit doing sth.允许做某事。此时动词只用ing 形式。反义词forbid 具有同样用法。2)意义有异同
许多情况下可换用,只是词意的强弱上有差异。allow语意较弱,含有“听任”,“默许”,“不加阻止”的意思;permit 语意较强,强调“正式认可”,“批准”的意思。如: The nurse allowed him to remain there ,though it was not permitted.护士让他留在那里,虽然这时(规定)不允许的。amaze vt.使……惊奇 = astonish, surprise
The news amazed us greatly.这条消息使我们感到很惊奇。
拓展:(1)amazed人对……感到吃惊的;amazing(某物)……信人吃惊的。
They were all amazed at the amazing news.听到这个令人吃惊的消息他们感到惊讶。
(2)amazement n.to one’s amazement令人吃惊的是
To my amazement, they have gone to Xishuangbanna.让我奇怪的是,他们去西双版纳了。类似短语:to one’s happiness/excitement/sadness/puzzlement 使某人高兴的/兴奋的/伤心的/迷惑的是
and so on : etc 等等。用来表示列举,但又不一一列出。
He knows five foreign languages, English, French, Japanese and so on.他懂5种外语,如英语、法语、日语等等。
announce, explain, introduce, declare后面不接双宾语,若以人作宾语常置于to后。如: The president announced to the workers the sad news.The president announced the sad news to the workers.总裁向工人宣布了那不幸的消息。He introduced the new comer to everyone here.他把新来的那个人介绍给这里的每个人。report to sb.向某人汇报:report sth/sb.to sb.向某人汇报/告诉。[应用]单句改错
①The teacher explained his students how to use the computer.②No one declared us we could not smoke here.Key:①explain后加to
②declare后加to
another day/the other day/some day/one day another day 可表示近期将来的某一天,意为“改天”,也可表示过去将来某一动作或状态延续的“又一天”。如: She is coming another day instead of today.她今天不来,改天来。You may do it another day.你可以改天做这件事。
He stayed there(for)another day/another two days after I lift.我离开后他在那又待了一天/两天。
the other day 相当于a few days ago,意为“几天前、某天、那天、不久前”,句中用一般过去时。如: I met her in the street the other day.几天前我在街上碰见过她。I bought the watch the other day.这手表我是几天前买的。
some day指将来“总有一天、有朝一日、终将、(日后)某一天”,谓语动词用一般将来时.如: Your wishes will come true some day.总有一天你的愿望会实现的。Some day you’ll have to pay for what you have done.总有一天你要为你的行为而付出代价的。
one day可以表示“(过去)某一天”,谓语动词常用一般过去式;也可表示“(将来)某一天”,这时可与some day互相代替,谓语常用一般将来时。如:
One day I went to see my first teacher ,but he happened to be out.有一天,我去看我的启蒙老师,可碰巧他出去了。
He will understand the teacher one day/some day.将来有一天,他会理解老师的。anxious, eager 两个词均有“渴望,急于”之意。anxious 着重指焦急、着急或担心;而eager着重指对成功的期望或进取的热情。两者都多用作表语,其主语通常是人,不能以无生命的事物作主语。对比: He is eager to join the army.他渴望参军。
He is anxious to know whether he has been chosen.他急于知道是否被选上了。常用搭配:
①be anxious to do sth.渴望急切地做某事;be anxious for渴望(了解、得到); be anxious about担心,对……感到不安 ②be eager to do sth.急切地想做某事; be eager for(about, after)渴望,渴求,be eager for your help渴望得到你的帮助; be eager about peace渴望和平①学生们都急切地想知道考试结果。
The students ________ ________ ________ ________ the results ofthe examination.②那个小男孩渴望得到一台新录音机。The little boy was ________ ________a new recorder.③我很担心我儿子的健康。I’m ________ ________my son’s health.④他殷切希望女儿的成功。He is __________ _________ his daughter’s success.Key:①are, anxious(eager),to ,know②anxious(eager),for③anxious, about④eager, for(about, after)apologize for doing sth.apologize是不及物动词,意为“道歉”,其表达式为“apologize to sb.for sth.”。如:
You must apologize to your sister for being so rude.它的名词形式是apology, 复数形式是apologizes.make one’s apologies to sb.for sth.= make an apology to sb.for sth.如: He make his apologies to me for coming late.appear As a result, it appered to scientists on earth that the stars had moved.因此,地球上的科学家看来,恒星好像是移动了。
句型:It appears/seems(to sb.)+that—clause.看来/似乎是…… ①It appears to me that something is wrong.我看好像有点不大对头。②It appears that he will the prize.看来他会得笑。appear;seem;look appear, seem, look都有“看起来似……”之意,但其暗含意思和用法又各有不同。从意义上讲:
(1)appear强调外表给人的印象,有时含实质上并非如此的意思,如:
He appears to know more than he really does。他看起来好像懂得很多。(其实懂得没有那么多)(2)seem暗示有一定根据的判断,这种判断往往接近事实,如: His health seems to be better.他的健康状况似乎有所好转。(3)look着重由视觉得出的印象,如:
He doesn’t look his age.他看起来比实际年龄年轻(或老成)。从用法上讲:
seem和appear后可加
(to + be)+表语(adj.或n.或prep.)+to v.It + ~ +(that)从句如:
He seems/appears(to be)very sad today.=It seems that he is very sad today.It seems like years since I saw you last time.He seems a kind doctor.(=It seems that he is a kind doctor.)
He seems/appears to have caught a cold.=It seems/appears that he has caught a cold.look当“看起来似乎…和as if从句。如: He looks strong.She looks like her mother.It looks as if we are going to miss the train.…”讲时,可接形容词、过去分词、名词、介词短语 area;district(1)area表示“地区、区域”,是普通用词,暗示一个较大的,可能是没有清楚界限的地区,不能用来指行政上的地理单位。如:
The old man lives in a mountain area.这位老人生活在山东。This is a less developed area.这是个欠发达地区。
Most of the large land areas are connected.多数大块陆地是相连的。
(2)district表示“区、地区、区域”,指为行政管理或选举之目的所分的区。在同一城市,各种性质不同的区域也叫district。如:
Where is the District of Columbia?哥伦比亚特区在什么地方?
The old man used to work in the jin-Cha-Ji Military District.那位老人曾经在晋察冀军区工作。The northeast part of the city is the residential district.这城市的东北部是住宅区。Arm
take…in one’s arms 该结构意为“拥抱”。如:
He went into classroom, taking some books in his arms.As a child….:As/When he was a child…,小的时候,该句型中的as为连词,意为“在……的时候”,引导时间状语从句。当从句与主句主语一致,且从句谓语为be时,可将从句主语及be省略。①Even as(he was)a student,Professor Smith showed great interest in maths.甚至上学的时候,史密斯教授对数学就很感兴趣。
②As(he was)a boy,he liked playing table tennis with the grown-ups.小时候,他就喜欢和大人们打乒乓球。
as a result 作为结果,结果(发生某情况),可置于句首,也可置于句末
She got up very early.As a result, she was able to catch the early bus.她起得很早,因此她赶上了早班车。
He has won the game.He is in high spirits as a result.他赢了比赛,所以他精神高昂。He runs every day.As a result , he has lost weight.他每天跑步,结果他减肥了。as a result of 作为……的结果,as a result of……的结果是 As a result of exercise , he has built up his health.The flight was delayed as a result of typhoon.该次班机因台风而延误 result in = lead to 导致,造成……结果,如:
Hard work results in success.努力终归成功。(= Success results from hard work.成功来自努力)Hard work results in success.勤奋才会成功。result from 由……产生的结果,如:
Success results from hard work.成功来自勤奋。
His illness resulted from overwork.他的病起因于操劳过渡。as…as
as many as 和……一样多/多达;as much as 和……一样多/多达(注意:many指可数的量,much 指不可数词的量);as high as 和……一样高/高达;as thick as 和……一样厚/厚达;as long as 一样长/长达;as deep as 一样深/深达;as early as 一样早/早在……时候,如:
We have as many books as they.我们的书和他们的一样多。/The great fire burned down as many as twenty buildings.大火烧毁的大楼多达20座。[应用]汉译英
①新桥与旧桥一样长。/这种鱼可长到长达15英尺。②这座山和远处的另一座一样高。/这座山高达4000米。
Key:①The new bridge is as long as the old one./The kind of fish can grow as long as 15 feet.②This mountain is as high as another one in the distance./This mountain is as high as 4,000 metres.as…as possible:as…as one can尽可能地…….①I’ll come back as soon as possible.我尽可能地……
②Get up as early as possible tomorrow morning.明天早晨尽量早起。as...as...用法小结
(1)...as+形容词(副词)原级+as...;not as/so+形容词(副词)原级+as...Their factory is as large as ours.他们的工厂和我们的一样大。I study as hard as you.我和你一样用功学习。
He doesn’t get up as/ so early as his parents.他不像他父母那样早起床。(2)……倍数 + as + 形容词(副词)原级+as...Line AB is 3 times as long as Line CD.=Line AB is twice longer than/3 times the length of Line CD.线段AB是线段CD长的3倍。
(3)as + 形容词 + a/an + 单数可数名词 + as;as + 形容词+复数名词 + as She is as good many records as possible.我们需要尽量多的唱片。
There is as much sugar in it as eight pieces of sugar.其中的含糖量相当于八块方糖。I have’t got as much money as I thought.我没有原来想象的那么多钱。(5)as much/ many as多达……,……那么多
On Sports Day, during the relay race, you will use most of all, perhaps as much as 650 calories an hour.在运动会上,进行接力赛跑时,你消耗的能量最多,可能每小时多达650卡。As many as 700 different languages are spoken in Africa.非洲有多达700种不同的语言。He didn’t catch as many as he’d hoped.他没有捉住预想的那么多。(6)as...as possible;as...as one can The teacher should write the words on the blackboard as carefully as he can.=The teacher should write the words on the blackboard as carefully as possible.老师在黑板上应尽可能仔细地把字写好。
Please be as friendly as possible to your friends.=Please be as friendly as you can.请对你的朋友尽可能友好。
(7)as...as + 年代数字/名词
As early as 1950 I knew him.早在1950 年我就认识他了。He walked as far as the post office.他步行到邮局。(8)as/so far as I know As/ So for as I know, he will be away from home for 3 months.就我所知,他将要离家3个月。(9)as soon as—……就……
Please let us know as soon as you arrive in Bejing.一到北京,请通知我们一声。(10)as well as 和;也;还有
He gave me money as well as advice.他除了给我忠告外,还给我钱。He studies French as well as English.他不但学习英语,而且学习法语。(11)as/so long as 只要;如果
You may use that dictionary as long as you take care of it.只要你好好保存,你可以用那本词典。as a matter of fact=in fact事实上、实际上……
It seems easy,but as a matter of fact,it’ll take us a long time to work it out.这道题貌似简单,实际上要解出的话很费时间。区别下列用法
1)as(so)far as 和……一样远,远至(原级比较或表示距离);就……来讲 2)as(so)long as 和……一样长(原级比较);只要(引导条件 状语从句)
3)as well as和……一样好;既……也……(连接并列成分)4)as good as和……一样好;事实上(作状语)[应用]完成句子
①他们实际上已经答应帮助我们了。They have ________ _______ ______ promised to help us.②油漆后的这辆自行车和新的一样。Painted, this bike is _______ _____ ______ a new one.③小李英语说得和汉语一样好。Xiao Li speaks English______ ______ _____ she speaks Chinese.④他和他的父母对我都很好。He _______ ______ ______his parents is kind to me.⑤晚饭后我们一直到走山脚下。After supper we walked______ _____ ______the foot of the hill.⑥就我所知,他将离开两个月。______ ______ ______I know, he’ll be away for two months.⑦只要努力,你一定会成功。________ ________ _______you work hard, you’ll succeed in time.⑧这座新建的桥据说和旧的一样长。This newly – built bridge is said to be _____ ____ ___the old one.Key:①②as good as;③④as well as ⑤as far as
⑥As, far,as ⑦As/so,long,as ⑧as,long,as as if可用as though替换,在此引导表语从句,另外它们也可引导状语从句,从句既可用陈述语气,也可用虚拟语气。如:
①It looks as if /though it’s going to rain.(陈述语气)
②You look as if you’d seen a ghost.(虚拟语气)as is the case with = as with ……就和……的情况一样
As is the case with his mother, he is fond of music.跟母亲一样,他喜欢音乐。
As with human, animals also love their babies.同人一样,动物也爱它们的幼仔。as good as as good as 作为固定词组意为“几乎一样”,“实际上等于”,作为同级比较结构,意为“和……一样好”。如:
①He is as good at English as me.②My bike is as good as yours.…as it is
该固定词组表达意思是“就以(现在)这个样子,”“根据现在的情况”。如:He decided to buy the house as it is.as long as/so long as只要
(1)引导条件状语从句
You may borrow the book as / so long as you keep it clean.只要你不把书弄脏,你就可以借。You will succeed so long as you work hard.只要你努力就会成功。
As long as you study hard, you’ll make great progress.只要你努力学习,你就会取得很大进步。
(2)和……一样长
This rope is as long as that one.这条绳子和那条一样长。
This bridge isn’t so/as long as that one.这座桥和那座不一样长。
(3)长达……(表时间)
The old couple have been living in the small town as long as 50 years.这对老夫妇已在这个小城镇里住了长达50年。as well/ as well as as well 表示“也”,是副词短语,用作状语,通常放在句末,也可放在主语之后,相当于too,但一般无
标点符号与句子隔开.as well as 通常看作一个复合并列连词,连接两个成分相同的词、短语或句子,表示“既……又……,不但……而且……”当它连接两个主语时,谓语动词的人称和数要与第一个主语保持一致。如:
The children learn to read, write and they play games as well.孩子们学习读书写字,他们也做游戏。With television,we can see a picture as well as hear sound.利用电视,我们既能听到声音,又能看到图像.Tom,as well as his parents,likes pop music.汤姆以及他的父母都喜欢流行音乐。as;which引导定语从句异同
as, which 都能引导限制性或非限制性的定语从句。(1)在引导限制性定语从句时;
①which从句修饰的先行词是名词(词组),which可与that换用,作宾语时可省去。如:
Then grow some tomatoes in one box which has plant food in the soil and some in another box which doesn’t.But the studios(which)he started are still busy today, producing more and more interesting films.②as从句的先行词是the same/such或被the same/such修饰;as可作主、宾、表语,一律不可省略。如:Many of the sports were the same as they are now.(as作表语)He uses the same map as I(use).他和我用的是同一份地图。(as作宾语)
Such as beautiful park as is being built was designed by two young engineers.正在建造的如此漂亮的公园是由两个年轻的工程师设计的。(as作主语)
The printed newspaper was not such as the chief editor had expected.印好的报纸并非如主编原来所期望的那样。(as作宾语)
(2)在引导非限制性定语从句时,as,which都可作主、宾、表语,都不可省去。①which从句补充说明先行词的用途、性质、状态、特征等。如:
At present,the biggest nature park for milu deer in China is in the Nanhaizi Milu Park,which is about 20 kilometres south of Beijing.(位置)China Daily has plenty of advertisements, which help to cut the costs of making the newspaper.(用途)One of Charile Chaplin’s most famous films was“The Gold Rush”,which was made in 1925.(时间)Now, however,the maters of this great lake,which is also the World’s deepest(over 1,740 metres),have been dirtied by waste from a chemical factory.(特征)②which从句还可表示说话人的看法,也可对主句作意义上的补充;which=and it/ this/ that/ they;which代表的是先行词、主句或主句的一部分;which从句只能放在先行词或主句后。如: He said she could speak 4 foreign languages, which(=and it)is not true.他说她会四门外语,这是不可能的。(说话人看法,which代表宾语从句部分)
比较:He said she could speak 4 foreign languages, which(=and that)surprised every one of us.他说她会四门外语,这使我们每个人都很惊讶。(补充主句,which 代表主句)
Leaves are turning yellow, which means autumn is coming.树叶正在变黄,这意味着秋天就要来了。
③as也可代表先行词、主句或主句一部分。但as有“正如”的意义,其从句可放在主句前或后,如: The Nanjing Changjiang River Bridge,as we all know, was compl-eted in 1969.我们都知道南京长江大桥,它建成于一九六九年。(as代表先行词)
To shut your eyes to facts, as many of you do, is foolish.(如)你们许多人(所做的那样)对事实视而不见是愚蠢的。(as代表主语部分)
As we know, the earth is round.我们知道,地球是圆的。ask for 要求,请求
ask sb.for sth.向(某人)请求(要求)……
She asked for some advice on how to learn English well.at表示速度、价格、利率
at a high/low price以高价/;低价;at 40 miles an hour 以每小时40英里的速度;at a high/low speed以高速/慢速;at an ordinary speed 以普通速度;at full/top speed以全速/高速;at a speed of 以……速度。[应用]完成句子
①公司决定以较低的价格将这批电视卖掉。
The company decided to sell the TV sets _
__ _
__ __
_
。②火车正以每小时150英里的速度前进。
The train was running ______ _____ ______ _______150 miles an hour.Key:①at, a, low, price②at,a, speed,of “at+名词”表示“在进行,从事”
at work 在工作;at table在吃饭;at play 在做游戏;at sea 出海;at university/college在上学;at night school在上夜校;at dinner/table在吃饭;at peace处于和平状态;at war在交战,在打仗 [应用]完成句子。
①别人在工作,不要吵闹。Don’t make any noise while others are ______ ________.②孩子们在游戏,而他们的父母正在吃饭。
The children were ______ ________ while their parents were_______ _______.Key:①at, work②at,play,at,dinner at last, in the end, finally 三者均有“最后、终于”的含义。
finally常用于动词之前,表示人们长期以来期待的某事最后实现了,也可指一系列事物或论点的顺序。例如:
After putting it off three times,we finally managed to have a holiday in Greece.经过三次延期之后,我们终于在希腊度了一次假。
They talked about it for hours.Finally,they decided not to go.他们谈论了几个小时,最后决定不去。
at last 有时可与finally互换,但往往用于一番拖延或曲折之后,语气更强烈。例如:
When at last they found him, he was almost dead.当人们最终找到他时,他已经奄奄一息了。James has passed his exams at last.詹姆斯终于通过了考试。
in the end指经过许多变化、困难的捉摸不定的情况之后,某事才发生。例如:
We made five different plans for our holiday, but in the end we had a summer camp again.我们制订了五种不同的度假方案,但最后我们还是选定了再来一次夏令营活动。at(the)least 至少;最少。反义词组为at(the)most至多;最多。
—Mr Smith looks older than his real age.In fact,he is at(the)most 40 years old.史密斯先生很显老,实际上他最多40岁。
—Oh, really?I thought he was 50 years old at(the)least.噢,真的吗?我以为他至少50岁了。at the beginning of 在……初(开头),可指时间与空间。如: at the beginning of term 在学期开始
at the beginning of the book 在那本书的开头
at the beginning 单独用时间at first,也可说in the beginning.比较:at the end of 在……末(尽头)
at the end 在末尾处 in the end 最终,同at last
in the middle of 在……中期 from beginning to end 从头至尾 at the doctor’s
该结构为介词+名词所有格,意为“在诊所”。所有格-’s后一般接名词,如her mother’s bike ,但有时这个名词可省略,主要表现在以下两个方面:
①指一个企业,机构,教堂,学校,医院,家庭,理发店,店铺时。如: She is at the hairdresser’s.②为了避免重复,省略-’s后的名词。如:
I have read some of Shaw’s plays,but none of Shakespeare’s.at the last moment在最后关头
at the moment 此刻;正在那时 for a moment片刻;一会儿for the moment 目前,暂时in a moment立刻,马上
at the top of在……的顶部,上方 at the top of a mountain在山顶 She is(at)the top of her class in French.at the top of one’s voice高声地,尖声地 at war 该介宾词组意思是“处于战争或交战状态”。在句中常作表语。如: The U.S.A.and Iraq are at war again.at, with, through表原因
三个介词都可表示原因,at表示听到或看到的原因;with表示人体外部的原因;through 强调自身的原因。如:be sad at the news听了这个消息而悲伤;be frightened at the sight看了那个情景而害怕;jump up with joy高兴地跳了起来;turn red with anger气得脸红;shake with cold/fear冻得/害怕得发抖;with pleasure高兴地;with pride 骄傲地;with satisfaction满意地;make the mistake through his carelessness由于粗心而出错;be put into prison through no fault of his own 没有任何罪过被关进监狱。[应用]汉译英
①听到这个消息,全国人民处于悲哀之中。②孩子们高兴地跳了起来。
③由于大意他犯了这个错误。
Key:①At the news, the whole country was in deep sorrow.②The children jumped up with joy.③He made the mistake through his carelessness.at work;out of work;after work 这三个以work为中心词的介词短语,在意思和用法上均不相同。(1)at work表示“在工作、在上班”,作表语或状语。例如: They are both at work today.今天他们俩都在上班。
His father had an accident at work last week.上周的父亲在工作时出了事故。
(2)out of work表示“失业”,是介词短语,相当于lost one’s job或be unemployed。例如: If you don’t work hard, you’ll be out of work.如果你不好好工作就会失业。You’ll be out of work if you keep coming late.如果你老是迟到,你会失业的。(3)after work表示“下班后”,作时间状语。例如:
What do you usually do after work?下班后你经常干什么? I visited Mr Liu after work yesterday.昨天下班后我看望过刘先生。attempt(1)n.尝试;企图。
①He made an attempt to learn to ski.他尝试着学滑雪。
②He failed in attempt at climbing up the mountain.他企图爬上这座山,却失败了。(2)vt.尝试;企图。
①She attempted to learn Japanese.她试图学习日语。②The prisoner attempted an escape.那犯人企图逃走。12.keep out of = keep sth.(sb.)out of不使入内;不牵涉进去。①Warm clothing will keep the cold out.保暖的衣服可御寒。
②Keep out of their quarrels.不要参与他们争吵。attention 短语
pay attention to sth.注意某事
draw one’s attention(to sth.)引起某人的注意 be worth one’s attention 值得某人注意 bring one’s attention to sth.叫某人注意某事 average短语归纳
average 可用作名词,表示“平均数,一般水平”,也可作形容词,表示“平均的”。如: the average of the pay平均工资;above/below the average平均以上/以下; the average age of the girls姑娘的平均年龄; the average temperature平均气温; on(an,the)average平均起来 [应用]完成句子
①这个厂的工人平均每月收入700元。____ ______,one worker in this factory gets 700 yuan every month.②他的功课一般以上。He is_________ _________ in his lessons.Key: ①On, average
②above, average
awake,wake ①awake用作及物或不及物动词,表示“叫醒,唤醒;醒来”;而wake表示相同意义时,必须与up连用,对比:
The noise awoke me./The noise woke me up.嗓音把我闹醒。
She usually awakes at six in the morning./She usually wakes up at six in the morning.她通常早上6点醒。
注意:awake 不与up连用;wake up 的宾语是人称代词时必须置于两个词之间。误:wake up him
正:wake him up ②awake 还可用作形容词,只用作表语或后置定语,不能用作前置定语。其反义词是asleep.如: Is he awake or asleep?他睡着了还是醒着?
Anyone awake heard the sound.任何醒着的人都听到了那个声音。注意:wide/fully awake 完全醒着;sound/fast/deeply asleep熟睡 [应用]完成句子
①他醒来时,他母亲在他的旁边。When he_______,his mother was beside him.②我彻夜未眠,一直在考虑这个问题。I have lain_______all night thinking of the problem.③他突然醒了,好象有人叫他的名字。He ______ _______suddenly,as if someone had called his name.④她睡着的时候谁也叫不醒他。No one can_______ _______ ________when she is asleep.Key:①awoke ②awake ③woke up ④wake,her,up battle, war, fight, struggle war指战争的总体;battle指war中的战斗或战役;fight指具体的人与人之间或动物之间的争斗;struggle指长时间、激烈的争斗,多指肉体、精神上的战斗。对比: We have had two world wars in this century.本世纪已有两次世界大战。They were wounded in the battle.他们在战斗中受了伤。
We have started a fight against pollution.我们已开始了一场消除污染的斗争。His life was a hard struggle with sickness.他一生跟疾病作了艰苦的斗争。[应用]英译汉
①in time of war
②be at war ③declare war on…④fight a battle ⑤give/offer battle
⑥have a hand-to-hand fight Key:①战时②交战,在打仗 ③对……宣战④打一仗挑战
⑤肉搏战
伴随状语可用现在分词也可用过去分词
He put a finger in his mouth, tasted it and smiled, looking rather pleased.本句有三个并列谓语,looking 部分为伴随状语。
例题
1)He held up his finger ,_______ a face and nodded his head.A.making
B.made 答案:B.此题有and,需连接并列结构,所填词的形式应与前后保持一致。
2)He sat there in silence, _______sad and doing nothing.A.looking
B.looked 答案:A.此题and 之后ing形式,其前面也应该用ing形式,而不能与前面的sat并列。3)He sat there in silence ,______ nothing.A.doing
B.did 答案:A.此题才是在逗号之后,需要伴随状误。
4)He set out early, ________ there on time.A.arriving
B.and arrived 答案:B.此题两种选项从形式看都有可能,但根据意思看,“到达”并不伴随“出发”的动作,而是明显地有先有后。
5)He made a smile, _____ with the result.A.satisfying
B.satisfied 答案:B.伴随状语可用现在分词也可用过去分词,此处表示“感到满意”的一种状态,而satisfying表示令人满意的,此时的satisfied是过去分词,而不是过去式。
be about to do sth.正要、即将做某事。是将来时的一种表达方式,表示最近的将来。①I was about to go to bed when he called.我正要去睡觉,这时他打来了电话。②When I saw Tom, he was about to get on the bus.我看到汤姆,他正要上汽车。注意:be about to 通常不用于带有具体时间状语的句子,但可用be going to 表示。①Hurry up!They are about to start.快点!他们就要走了。
②Hurry up!They are going to start at 10 o’clock.快点!10点钟他们就要走了。be ahead of
该词组有两层意思,一是“优于”,“超过”;二是“比……早”,“在……的前面”。如: He is well ahead of all the other students in English.be angry with sb.生某人的气。be angry at/about sth.因某事而生气。
①Don’t be angry with me for my being late?不要因为我迟到而生我的气。②What are you angry about?你生什么气?
③He was angry at being kept waiting for so long.让他等了这么久,他很生气。be certain…;be sure
be uncertain about意思是“对……不确定(没把握)”
uncertain的词根是certain,意思是“确信的,有把握的”,常用于以下结构:(1)be certain(sure)to do sth.“肯定会做……”(表示某事将要发生)。如: He is certain(sure)to come next Sunday.(2)be certain(sure)of/ about sth.“确信、有把握”(表示某个人的思想状态)。如: We are certain/ sure of victory.(3)名词从句作主语时,一般多用certain.It is certain that he will come.be different from与……不同
Your idea is different from mine.你的想法和我的不同。对比:make sb./ sth.different from使某人/某物不同于……
Her special accent makes her different from others.她特殊的口音使她与众不同。be familiar with,be familiar to be familiar with的主语是有生命的事,意为“某人对人、事熟悉”;be familiar to 的主语是无生命的事物,意为“某人/事为某人所熟悉”,对比:He is very familiar with the names of plants in English.他很熟悉植物的英语名称。Suzhou and Hangzhou are familiar to many foreigners.苏州和杭州为许
多外国人所熟悉。
I’m not familiar with European history./European history is not familiar to me.我对欧洲历史不太熟悉。
注意:be familiar with/to
还表示“精通、通晓”
如:French is as familiar to him as English.他对法语就象对英语一样精通。[应用] 一句多译①这些事实是每个学生都熟悉的。②她精通4种语言。
Key:①These facts are familiar to every schoolboy./Every shoolboy is familiar with these facts.②She is familiar with four languages./Four languages are familiar to her.be filled with = be full of 充满,装满如: The bottle is filled with water.瓶子里装满了水。
注意:Filled with courage , he went into the cave.此处filled 表示“充满了的”指处于一种状态。比较:be crowded with 挤满的,与be filled with 有所不同。如: The room is crowded with guests.房间里挤满了客人。此外,fill作为动词可用其主动形式,亦可构成另外短语。如: Fill the bottle with sand.把瓶子装满沙子。Fill in the blanks.填空。
be full of…→be filled with…充满…
①The classroom was full of students.教室里挤满了学生。②Her eyes were full of tears.她眼泪汪汪的。
be likely to 易于……;有可能的.后跟动词不定式,往往用在一时的情形。
I shall be likely to catch cold if I go out tonight without my overcoat.如果今晚不穿大衣出去,我会感冒的。
Is that magazine likely to interest you? 那本杂志对你有吸引力吗? be of…结构小结
(1)be of + 表示年龄(age)、大小(size)、颜色(color)、重量(weight)、高度(height)、价格(price)、意见(opinion)、形状(shape)、种类(kind)和方法(way)等名词,说明主语的特征,of表示“具有”之意,有时可省去。例如:
They are both of middle height.他俩都是中等个儿。
When I was of your age, I was a teacher.当我是你这个年龄时,我当老师了。These flowers are of different colors.这些花朵颜色不同。
Tom is of a different way of thinking.汤姆的思维方式与别人不同。
注意:此结构中,如果of后面的名词前有不定冠词a/an,则a/an=the same.例如: The two boys are of an/the same age.这两个男孩同龄。These bottles are of a/the same size.这些瓶子大小一样。
(2)be of + 物质名词,表示主语是由某材料制成或某成分构成,相当于be made of, be built of或be made up of等。例如:
The necklace is(made)of glass.这项链是玻璃制的。The bridge is(built)of stone.这桥是由石头构筑的。
Our class is(made up)of over 50 students.我班有50多个学生。
(3)be of + 抽象名词(如value, importance,use, help等),of表示“具有、具备”等意思,of不能省,这一结构相当于be+该抽象名词相应的形容词。例如:
They are of great help/ very helpful to learners of English.他们对英语学习者来说是很有帮助的。In fact, sports and games can be of great value/very valuable.事实上体育运动是很有价值的。The book is of no use/useless to us.这书对我们无用。
It is of great importance/very important to study English.学习英语很重要。
因此,根据上述(1),(2)点可以看出,课文句中第一个be of 结构表示“具有”,第二个be of(承前省去be)表示“由……制成的”。全句汉语意思为:“硬币的大小、重量、形状可能各不相同,并由不同的金属制成。”
be on on 表明所处的状态,意为“为…工作,在……服务”可用be a member of, work for, belong to 替换。I’m on the school team.我属于校队。
She is on Times newspaper.她在时代报社工作。[应用]完成句子,上下句同意
①Which team do you belong to ?Which team______you_____? ②She is a member of the city team.She______ ______ the city team.Key: ①are,on ②is, on be out;put out be out 指“(灯、火)熄灭”,强调状态。put out 意为“熄灭、扑灭”,强调动作。如: Is the fire out ? Office workers tried to put out the fire, but it was impossible to control it.be remembered as…作为……而被人们怀念
He will always be remembered as a national hero.be seated 意为“坐下”(=sit down),是正式用语,而sit down是非正式用语。如:Please be seated, ladies and gentlemen.be up to to是介词,后接名词、代词或动名词。这一短语有以下几个常用意思:(1)从事于、忙于,有时含有“密谋干坏事”之意。如: What is he up to now?他现在在干什么? He is up to no good.他没干好事。(2)由……负责,常用It作主语。如:
It’s up to you to decide whether to go or not.是去还是不去由你决定。
It’s up to us to give them all the help we can.我们理应尽力帮助他们。(3)胜任、适于。如:
He is not up to his work.他不胜任他的工作。(4)直到、以至。如: up to now 直到现在
Between the hours of midnight and 6 a.m.,the hurricane crossed the southeast corner of England with winds of up to 160km/h.从午夜时分到清晨6点之间,飓风横扫英格兰的东南角,风速高达每小时160公里。because;because of 二者均表示“因为”,区别是:
because是从属连词引导原因状语从句;而because of是一个合成介词,其后接名词、代词、动名词或what从句组成介词短语。如: I went back not because of the rain,but because I was tired.我回去不是因为下雨,而是因为我累了。Her face turned red because of what he said.他的话使她脸红了。become experienced at对……有经验 experienced adj.有经验的,老练的 be experienced in He’s very experienced in money matters.experience n.经验,体验(in(of)/doing)
My father has ten year’s experience in teaching.beeline n.两地之间的直线;捷径(指蜜蜂采蜜后径直飞向蜂房,这条路叫beeline)(1)make a beeline for sb./sp.走近路;走直路;向……直行
As soon as the meeting was over, he made a beeline for the pub.会议一结束,他就直接上了酒吧。
If you want to catch up with them, you’d better make a beeline for them.如果你想赶上他们,你最好抄近路去。(2)in a beeline 成直线地,笔直地
The pupils went to the museum in a beeline.孩子们直接走向博物馆。believe in(=trust/trust in)信赖;信任;信仰
Tom is honest.I believe in him.汤姆很诚实,我信赖他。
He doesn’t believe in anybody in the world.在这个世界上,他不相信任何人。
We believe in socialism.我们信仰社会主义。①We believe in Marxism.②You can believe in him.③We believe in our government.对比:believe sb.相信某人的话是真的。
I believe what he said this time though he often tells lies.尽管他经常撒谎,可这次我相信他的话是真的。belong to属于
无被动结构,也不用进行时态。下列单词和词组也无被动形式:appear, disappear, happen, take place, break out等。
The house belongs to him.这所房子归他所有。The book belongs to my deskmate.这本书是我同位的。besides 作为副词,意思是“还有,而且”(moreover),常放在句首。如: I don ‘t want to go out for a walk.Besides, I’m feeling tired.beyond,prep.(场所)在(向)……的一边,越过……,(程度)超出;(时间),超过(Δ常用于否定句);除……之外,……
以外。
①Go about 200 metres beyond the house and you will find the hotel on the left.②I want to buy a bag beyond these clothes.blow ①用作动词,表示“吹风,刮风”。如:
blow hard(strongly)风刮得很大;blow away the leaves吹走树叶;blow down(over)trees 把树刮倒;blow in much dust吹进灰尘;blow off one’s hat吹掉帽子;blow out the candle吹灭蜡烛;blow open(风吹)开;blow up爆炸
②用作名词,表示“打击,一击”。如:be a great blow to sb.对某人是个巨大的打击;give sb.a heavy blow on the head重重地打某人的头。【应用】完成句子
①他妻子之死对他是一大打击。His wife’s death was _______ _________ ________ ______him.②我那顶帽子被风吹掉了。I _______my hat __________ ___________.③风刮得厉害,门吹开了。The wind was ________ __________ and the door ________.④战士们把敌人的大桥炸毁了。The soldiers __________ __________the enemy’s bridge.Key:①a ,great, blow, to
②had, blown, off③blowing, hard, blew, open
④blew, up block ①用作名词,意为“块;街区;阻塞。”如:
a block of ice/stone/wood 一大块冰/石头/木头;two blocks两个街区;a block in traffic/a traffic block交通堵塞。
②用作动词,表示“阻塞,阻拦”。如:
be blocked by the heavy snow被大雪堵塞,block the entrance 堵塞入口;Block!(路标)此路不通!【应用】完成句子
①道路被人群挤得水泄不通。The road_______ _______with crowds of people.②那家旅馆同这里隔着两条街。The hotel is __________ _________ __________.③他们用石块将洞口堵住。They ________(up)the entrance to the cave with big rocks.④有人在妨碍我们实施计划。Someone is _________our plan.Key:①was, blocked
②two, blocks,away③blocked ④blocking 倍数的表示法
1)…times as…as“……是……的几倍”;
Asia is four times as large as Europe.亚洲的大小是欧洲的4倍。2)…times +形容词/副词比较级+that: The new building is four times higher than the old one.新楼比旧楼高4倍。3)…times+the size/height/length/depth+of…
The earth is 49 times the size of the moon.地球是月亮大小的49倍。The ball is twice the width of our classroom.舞厅是我们教室宽度的2倍。4)…times+what从句:
The production now is three times what it was ten years ago.现在的生产是10年前的3倍。[应用]选择正确答案
①After the new technique was introduced,the factory produced_____tractors in 1988 as the year before.(MET’90)
A.as twice many
B.as many twiceC.twice as many
D.twice many as ②The population of China is_____than that of America.A.larger five times B.five times larger C.five times as D.as five times Key:①C ②B begin(…)with…从……开始(…)
①Knowledge begins with practice.知识来自实践。
②Let’s begin(this unit)with the words and expressions.咱们从单词和短语开始学(这个单元)。
besides/except/but besides用作介词时,表示“除……以外还有”之意,即所除去的东西要包括在内。用作副词时,表示“此外,而且”
except表了“除……之外”所除去的东西不包括在内。but只能用在no,all,nobody,anything,anywhere等词之后。
如:Besides knowing some Greek,she was fluent in Italian.她除了懂些希腊语之外,意大利语也说得很流利。
Do you play other games besides tennis?除网球之外,你还进行其他的运动吗?
It wasn’t a good hotel;besides,it was very expensive.这不是一家好旅馆,况且房价也很贵。Harrison had thought of everything except the weather.哈利森什么事情都考虑到了,惟独没有考虑到天气。
Under the soil there is nothing except/but sand.土壤下面只有沙子。比较级 + and + 比较级
more and more countries 越来越多的国家;fewer and fewer students越来越少的学生;less and less time 越来越少的时间;more and more beautiful越来越漂亮;get thinner and thinner 变得越来越瘦;fly higher and higher 飞得越来越高;run more and more slowly跑得越来越慢,become stronger and stronger 越来越强大;[应用]汉译英
①越来越多的人认识到学好一门外语的重要性。②飞机飞得越来越高直到看不见了。Key: ①More and more people realize the importance of learning a foreigh language well.②The plane flew higher and higher until it was out of sight.表示“大约”
about,around,some,or so均可来表示“大约”。前三个词通常放在被修饰成分之前,而or so多置于其后。如:
about one hundred students大约100名学生; at around eight o’cloch在大约八点钟; some twenty years ago 大约二十年前; [应用]一句多用:这件设备重10吨左右。
Key:This piece of equipment weighs some 10 tons.This piece of equipment weighs 10 tons or so.This piece of equipment weighs about(around)10 tons.表示“决心、决定做”的几个用法 1)decide to do 决定做
We decided to put off the trip to the U.S.我们决定推迟美国之行。2)make a decision to do :
He has made a decision to buy a new computer.他已决定买一台新电脑。3)make up one’s mind to do
The doctor made up his mind to go abroad for further education.那位医生决定出国深造。4)determine to do
We have determined to get the work done before National Day.我们已决定国庆节前完成这项工作。
5)be determined to do
He is determined to give up smoking.他决心戒烟。6)decide that……(从句中动词用should + 动词原形)
We decided that we should widen the road.我们决定拓宽这条路。[应用]一句多译:这位年轻科学家决心继续自己的研究。
Key: The young scientist was determined to go on with his research./He determined to go on with his research./He decided that he should go on with his research./He made up
his mind to go on with his research./He made a decision to go on with his research./He decided to go on with his research.表示“宁愿、想要某人做某事”
下列句型均可表示“宁愿、想让某人作某事”:would like sb.to do sth.;would prefer sb.to do sth.;like sb.to do sth;want sb.to do sth.;would rather that sb.did sth.对比:would like/love to do sth.喜欢、宁愿做某事;prefer to do sth.宁愿做;would rather do sth.宁愿做;would like/love not to do sth.不想做;would rather not do sth.宁愿不做……;prefer not to do sth.不想做;would rather do sth.than do sth.宁愿做某事而不做某事;p11refer to do sth.rather than do sth.宁愿做某事而不做某事。[应用]①一句多译
我想让我儿子学医。②选择正确的答案
Little Jim should love_______to the theatre this evening.(MET’92)A.to be taken
B.to take C.being taken
D.taking Key: I would like my son to study medicine./I’d love my son to
study medicine,/ I would rather that my son studied medicine./ I like my son to study medicine./I want my son to study medicine./I would rather that my son studied medicine.②A 表示态度、语气的短语归纳
generally speaking一般说来;strictly speaking严格说来;honestly speaking诚实地说来;
personally speaking就我个人而言;exactly speaking准确地说来。to tell you the truth说实话;to be honest老实说;believe it or not信不信由你;judging from his appearance从他的相貌来说 [应用]完成句子
①严格说来,加拿大英语和美国英语并不完全一样。_____ ____,Canadian English is not just the same as
American English.②老实说我不赞同你的想法。_______ _______ ________,I can’t agree to your idea.③一般地说,青年人喜欢流行音乐。___________,young people enjoy pop music.Key:①Strictly,speaking②To,be,honest③Generally, speaking 表示“没必要做某事”的4种句型 ①There be no need(for sb.)to do sth.②It be not necessary(for sb.)to do sth.③主语+don’t/ doesn’t/ didn’t have to do sth.④主语+needn’t+动词原形
[应用]一句多译:我们没有必要再等了。Key:There is no need for us to wait.It’s not necessary for us to wait.We don’t have to wait.We need not wait.表示“祝愿”的几种句型
①名词短语(+to you):Happy birthday to you!祝你生日快乐。Best wishes for Teachers’Day.祝教师节愉快。②All the best.祝万事如意。
All the best with your family.祝全家好。
All the best in your study/business.祝你学习/事业顺利。③主语+wish+sb.+名词/形容词 I wish you happy.我祝你幸福。
We wish you greater progres.我们祝你取得更大进步。④I hope+that 从句:
I hope you’ll enjoy being with us.我们希望你和我们在一起很高兴。⑤部分祈使句也可表祝愿:
Remember me to your family.代我向你全家问好。Send best wishes to him.向他问好。break 小结
break 一词常用搭配有:
(1)break out(战争、火灾、争吵、瘟疫等)爆发 A big fire broke out in the city last week.(2)break away from 脱离
A carriage(车厢)broke away from the train.(3)break the law 违反法律
Who breaks the law will be punished by the law.(4)break in 破门而入;打断
He broke in to say that he was not interested in what I was talking about.(5)break down 损坏;中断
Her fridge has broken down for a long time.(6)break off 打断;结束;暂停
They were arguing(争论)but broke off when someone came into the room.(7)break into闯入;侵入
Thieves broke into my house when I was out.break off 该短语动词的意思是“中断说话”,“暂时停止”。如: He broke off in the middle of a sentence.break sth.off/break off sth.with sb.前者意为“(使)折断”,后者意为“与某人突然断绝(关系)”。如: The mast broke off /was broken off when the ship was moving.break out(战争、火灾、疾病、瘟疫等的)爆发 ①The American Civil War broke out in 1861.②Fire broke out in the neighbour last night.break out in(into)…忽然(做出)…… break out in laughter突然放声大笑 break in(强盗等)强行闯入
break into闯入;打碎(打破)成…… break up 分开,分割 bring短语归纳
bring down(风)刮倒,降低(降落);bring up 养大,呕吐;bring about带来,引起;bring along捎来,带来,bring back 归还;bring out 拿出;bring in 赚(钱),带进,传入;bring on 端上(饭菜),引起(火灾),使……成长; [应用]副词填空
①He felt terribly ill and brought ______ what he ate.②Surely the new railway will bring __ many changes in this less developed area.③Next time you come to China, be sure to bring ______your friends.④All the library books must be brought_______ before June20.⑤Selling newspapers brings ______ enough money for my schooling.⑥Enough water can bring the rice _______.Key: ①up ②about ③along ④back ⑤in ⑥on bring/take/fetch(get)/carry ①bring向着说话人的地方“带来;拿来”。②take由说话人的地方“带走;拿去”。
③fetch(get)由说话人的地方“去拿来、带来”,指往返双程。④carry“携带;搬运;运送”,无方向性。bring in
把……拿进来;收获;赚入……;获利
They bring in one million dollars a year from their new company.broadcast vt.;vi.广播;播放。过去式和过去分词均为broadcast。①The BBC broadcasts every day.BBC每天都广播。
②The news was broadcast on the radio.这个消息是收音机里播送的。burst into tears 该动宾短语,理解的重点是不及物动词burst的意思及其分词或副词连用的结构形式和意思。burst是及物动词或不及物动词,意为“(使)爆破”,“胀破”。如: ①He put too much air into the balloon and it burst.②The funny joke made the children burst their sides with laughing.burst由原意引伸出表示空发性的动作,意为“突然发生”,“突然发作”。常构成一些短语,如: burst into tears/laughter(突然大哭/大笑)burst into song(突然唱起歌来)burst into angry speech(大发雷庭)burst into bloom(开花)burst into view/sight(景象,奇观的)突然出现
burst into the room(闯入房间)burst out/forth laughing(捧腹大笑)burst out/forth crying(突然大哭)
如:On hearing the sad news, she burst into tears.Busy be busy doing sth.该结构意为“忙于做某事”。应注意的是be busy 后只能接动词-ing形式,不能接动词不定式to do,相同结构的形容词还有worth。如: ①He is busy writing his composition.②She keeps busy working on a new novel these weeks.③This book is well worth seeing.but prep.除…之外。与except同义,除了的部分与其他部分不在一个范围内,不具有一致性。except适用场合较多,but 主要用于带有nothing/nobody/no one/all 等不定代词的句子。①No one except/but you was late.除你之外没有迟到。(你迟到了)
②We all went to see a film yesterday evening except/but you.除你之外作天晚上我们都去看电影了。(你没去)
③That window is open except in winter.除冬天外那窗户一直开着。(冬天不开)另外,but后可接不不定式。如果句子前面有实义动词do及其变化形式时,不定式不带to;否则不定式带to.①I did nothing yesterday evening but watch TV.昨天晚上除看电视外我什么也没干。②He had no choice but to leave.他只得离开。
注意:besides 也是介词,意为“除……之外(还有)”。除了的部分和其他部分在同一个范围内,具有一致性。
①We all went to see a film yesterday evening besides you.除你之外昨天晚上我们也都去看电影了。(你和我们都去了)
②Who is going there with Tom besides you? 除你之外还有谁和汤姆一起去? but for 该短语介词意为“要不是……”,后接名词(=without + n.),but for…短语相当于一个虚拟条件句,因此,句中谓语动词用虚拟语气。如:
The boy would have drowned but for your help.如果接的是句子,but for要换用成but that…如: He would have helped us but that he was short of money at the time.(= if it had not been the fact that he was…)Buy “我的金项链花了2500元”有多种译法:
by prep.乘……。用来表示方式,其后的名词为单数,且不加冠词。
例如 by bike/bus/ car /taxi/train//road/railway/land/boat/ship/ water/ sea/ plane/air 但:“步行”用on foot.注意:若表示交通工具的名词前有限定词,则将by 改作in 或on.in one’s/the car/ bus/plane etc.on the bike by name
该介宾词组的意思是“名叫……”;“凭名字”。如: ①He met a man, John by name.②I knew him only by name.by one’s first marriage 通过或由于某人的第一次婚姻 介词by有许多含义,在此处意为“通过”,相当于through。
He left by the first train.他乘第一次列车离开了。
The electricity supply is operated by a switch.供电由一个开关控制。
by the age of/at the age of,by到……时为止。表示的是一段时间,句子通常用完成时态。at在……时候。表示的是具体时间点,句子通常用一般时态。
①By the age of ten,he had learned to play the piano.10岁的时候,他就学会了弹钢琴。②He was very clever.and at the age of 15 he went to college.他非常聪明,15岁时上大学了。③By the end of this term,we’ll have learned 2000 English words.到本学期末,我们将学会2000个英语单词。
④At the end of this term,we’ll hold an English party.在本学期末,我们 将举行一次英语晚会.call 短语
动词.call所构成的短语很多,现将在中学课上的常出现的由call所构成短语的意义和用法列出。(1)call at 指短期访问某地:顺便去某处。
We called at the park when we stayed in the city.我们在那个城市时顺便去了那个公园。(2)call on的意思“正式拜访某人”;此外,它还有“号召”之意。如: They called on the famous scientist.他们拜访了那个著名科学家。
The Party calls on us to learn from Comrade Lei Feng.党号召我们向雷锋同志学习。(3)call to“大声呼唤、招呼、呼求”。如:
They called to us for help.他们向我们呼求援助。
(4)call for可作“要求、需要、提倡”,还可作“邀约”解。如:
This is a problem that calls for immediate solution.这是个要求立即解决的问题。I’ll call for you then and we go there together.到时我来叫你,我们一起去哪儿。(5)call in有“召来、召请、召进”之意。
You’d better call in a doctor.你最好请一位医生来。
(6)此外,call back有“叫回来、收回”之意;call off有“叫出去、叫走”之意;call after可作“追在后面叫喊”和“以某人的名字命名”之意。can/may/must表推测的用法
can, may, must等都可用于表推测,但它们的含义和用法不同。
must语气最肯定,指“一定、必定”,只用于肯定句中。“must+动词原形”表示对现在情况的推测;“must + have + done ”表示对过去情况的推测。如: Mum must be cooking supper now.妈妈现在一定在做晚饭。He must have finished his work.他一定完成他的工作了。May/might表示“或许,可能”。如:
Tom may go abroad next year.汤姆明年可能要出国。She might have finished the work.她可能已完成这项工作了。He can’t know the answer.他不可能知道这个答案。can/could表示“可能,会”,我用于否定和疑问句中。如: Could she he at home?她可能在家吗? can,表示一时的情况,意为“有时侯会……”。can的这种用法,只用在肯定句中。如: Children are lovely, but they can be tiring.Training by yourself in a game can be highly dangerous.carry短语归纳
carry away拿走,带走;carry on(with)one’s work继续工作;carry on a struggle/fight 开展斗争;carry on a big business经营大生意;carry out a plan/order/promise/instructions/one’s duty/an experiment/advices/tests执行计划/执行命令/履行诺言/执行指示/履行职责/做实验/按建议办/进行试验;be carried up into space被发射升空。[应用]介、副词填空
①It’s often easier to make plans than it is to carry them______.②Let’s stop here.We’ll carry________ the conversation tomorrow.③Carry the baby _______.It’s dangerous here.④Rising costs made it hard to carry ________ the business.⑤They decided to carry ________ though the weather was bad.Key:①out ②on ③away ④on ⑤on carry out 搬出;进行,实行,执行 ①Would you please carry the chairs out? The plan should be carried out at once.It was important to carry out the work quickly.赶快进行这些工作是重要的。
He did not carry out his promise to us.对我们他没有实现他的诺言。用out构成的短语:look out向外看,小心work out算出来,实行。
leave out遗漏,忽视
take/bring out拿出来 thinking out想出
hold out伸出,支持,抵抗到底 case用法小结(1)名词case的词意 ①意为“情形、情况”。
If that’s the case, you’ll have to work much harder.如果是那种情形的话,你将不得不更加努力
地工作。
②意为“病例、案例”。
There were seven cases of cholera.有7起霍乱的病例。
The civil case will be heard in court next week.这一案件将于下星期审理。③意为“箱、盒、容器”。
John bought a case of beer.约翰买了一箱啤酒。(2)由case构成的短语
①in case意为“因为可能发生某事、以防万一”,是介词短语,在句中作状语,常可置于句尾;也可用做连词,后跟that从句(that常省略),表示条件或目的,从句谓语习惯用should+动词原形(should常省略)或陈述语气。
It may rain—you’d better take an umbrella(just)in case(it does).可能下雨——你最好带把雨伞,以防万一。
In case(=If)he arrives before I get back, please ask him to wait.如果他在我回来之前到,请让他等一下。
He doesn’t dare to leave the house in case(that)he should be recognized.他不敢出门,生怕被认出来。
②in that case意为“既然那样、假若是那样的话”,用来承接上文。
In that case, you wouldn’t have a pan on fire.You’d have a house on fire!要是那样,你就不光使锅着火,你还会把房子烧起来。
You don’t like the job? In that case why don’t you leave?你不喜欢这份工作?那你怎么不辞掉呢? He may be late.In that case we ought to wait for him.他可能迟到,因此我们应该等他。③in any case意为“无论如何、总之”。
We have to help him to pay the debt in case.我们无论如何要帮他还债。
④in no case意为“在任何情形下决不、无论如何都不”,用于句首时句子要进行部分倒装。
In no case shall I forget the expression on her face.我决不会忘记她脸上的表情。
⑤in case of sth.意为“若发生某事、如果、假如”,是短语介词,后接名词、代词、-ing形式作宾语。In case of fire, ring the alarm bell.遇火警时立即按警铃。
In case of rain(=In case it rains),they can’t go.要是下雨,他们就走不了了。
In case of his being absent, we’ll put off the meeting till next week.如果他缺席,我们就会把会议推迟到下周。
⑥in the case of意为“至于、就……来说”,是短语介词。
In the case of your debt, I’ll pay it off for you.至于你的欠款,我会替你还清的。catch fire;on fire catch fire 意为“着火”,表示动作。on fire 意为“着火、在燃烧”,表示状态。如: Suddenly a pan of oil catches fire.Soon the whole floor was on fire and it was impossible for people on the floors above to escape.cause n.(大家为之奋斗的)事业
Helping the poor is a worthy cause.帮助穷人是一项有价值的事业。
World peace is the cause he works for.世界和平是他为之奋斗的事业。
cause v.导致,引起
1)接名词:cause an accident/trouble/death/a fire/a serious illness/damage引起事故/惹麻烦/导致死亡/引起大火/导致重病/造成损害
2)接双宾语:cause sb.pain/trouble/damage给某人带来痛苦/麻烦/损害 3)接复合宾语:cuase sb.to do sth使某人做某事
The sound caused me to jump back.那声音吓得我向后退。
第二篇:高考英语知识点总结
高三学生很快就会面临继续学业或事业的选择。面对重要的人生选择,是否考虑清楚了?这对于没有社会经验的学生来说,无疑是个困难的想选择。那么接下来给大家分享一些关于高考英语知识点总结,希望对大家有所帮助。
高考英语知识点1
虚拟语气在一些特殊词中的使用或含蓄条件句
1.wish后的宾语从句。
与现在愿望不一致,用主语十过去时,例如:
I wi。hIwere you.与过去愿望不一致,用主语+had+过去分词,例如:Iwish I had visited the White House whenI was inthe States与将来愿望不一致,用主语+would(could)+原形。
2.It's time句型:当lt's tine后用that从句时应该为主i吾+should+动词原形或主语十过去时,例如:It,s timethatyou went to school.或It's time that you should go to schooL
3-If only引起的感叹句相当于“How I wish+宾语从句”。
(l)If only he could come.他要能来就好了。
(2)If only I had known the answer.我要早知道答案就好了。
4.WOuld rather,asif(though)引导的从句也需使用虚拟语气,表示过去的情况用过去完成时,表示现在与将来的情况用过去时,例如:
(l)I'd rather you posted the letter right away.(2)She loves the children as if they were hers.5.含蓄虚拟条件句含蓄条件句是指句中没有明显的虚拟条件句,而是利用其他手段来暗示存在虚拟条件。但是这类隐含式虚拟条件句往往都可以转化为if引导的条件句。常用来表示含蓄虚拟条件的手段有:
(1)介词或介词短语。如but for,but that,without,in case of, under more favorablecondition等。
(2)连词。如so that, unless, in case, supposing,lest, provided(倘若……),for fearthat(唯恐),in orderthat, on condition that, if only(要是……就好了)等。
注意:lest, for fear that和incase引起的从句中谓语动词多用should+动词原形,但也可以不用虚拟语气,而用动词的陈述语气形式。例如:The foreign teacherspokeslowly in case we misunderstood him这位外籍教师说得很慢以免我们误解。
(3)通过上下文及内在含义,句中往往有but,otherwise, unfortunately等类似转折词。
without, but.but for, otherwise引起的短语或句子常暗含着含蓄条件。例如:
①Without you,1 would never know him
②But for your oooperation, we wouldn't have done it
③But that she was afraid, she would have said no..④i would be most glad to help you, butI am busy now.⑤I would have come to the party yesterday, but ljwas working.⑥I am busy now, otherwise l would do you the favor!
高考英语知识点2
1.prefer
prefer doing to talking 喜欢做而不喜欢说
Which of these two dresses do you prefer? 这两套衣服你喜欢哪一套?
I prerer to go to America for my fruther study.我更愿意选择去美国进修学习。
Anne prefers me to replace her at the meeting.安妮更愿意我代替她去参加会议。
2.advantages and disadvantages 优劣
3.How do they make use of it in their daily life? 在日常生活中他们是如何利用它的4.flow through 流过,流经
5.Ever since middle school, my sister Wang Wei and I have dreamed abouttaking a great bike trip.从高中起,我姐姐王维和我就一直梦想做一次伟大的自行车旅行。
连词since 引导的时间状语从句用一般过去时,介词since 与表示过去某一点时间的词语连用,副词since 后不用从句或词语。
It is/has been+一段时间+since+一般过去时(从句中的动作不能延续)自从……至今已经多久了。
since then 自从那时至今 ever since 从那以后一直
6.persuade sb to do sth
= persuade sb into doing sth 说服某人做某事
He persuaded her to go to school, even though she did not wantto.即使她不想去上学,他还是说服她去。
7.After graduating fro college, we finally got the chance to take a biketrip.大学毕业以后,我们终于有了机会骑自行车旅行。
8.It was my sister who first had the idea to cycle along the entire MekongRiver from where it begins to where it ends.首先想到沿湄公河从源头到终点骑车旅游的是我的姐姐。
强调句型It is/was…that/who 的用法归纳如下:
强调句型可以强调除谓语动词以外的任何句子成份。一般来说,如果被强调部分是人时,用连词that或who;如果被强调部分是物,只能用连词that。强调句型应避免使用when, where, which 等连词。
含一般疑问句和特殊疑问句的强调句句型:
① 含一般疑问句的强调句型,其结构为:Is it+被强调部分+that/who+句子的其余部分?
② 特殊疑问句的强调句型结构形式为:特殊疑问词+is/was it that/who+句子的其余部分?
9.schedual for the trip 旅行计划
10.be fond of 喜欢,喜爱
Although she didn’t know the best way of getting to places, she insistedthat she organize the trip properly.尽管她对去某些地方的路线并不清楚,她坚持要自己把这次旅行安排得尽善尽美。(注意1:Although conj.“尽管,虽然”,引导让步状语从句。
拓展:
① although 从句多在句首,though 从句可在主句前、中、后任何位置,而且though可以作副词用于句末,作“但是,不过”讲,而although 无此用法。
② although 用来陈述事实而不用于假设,所以as though(仿佛,好像),eventhough(即使,尽管)中不能用although。
③ though 引导的让步状语从句可以倒装(将表语、状语、情态动词后的动词原形前置到句首,此用法同as),而 although不可以。注意2:insist 在这里的意思是“坚持要求”后面的that从句用虚拟语气;如果insist意为“强调,坚持认为”的时候,从句可以用任何所需要的时态。
例如:She insisted that she didn’t tell a lie.她强调她没撒谎。
另外,还可以用insist on doing sth/ sth.一定要、坚持主张,如:She insists on getting up early and playing her radioloudly她老是一大早起来把收音机音量开大。)
11.care about details 考虑细节
The only thing he cares about is money.他在乎的就是金钱。
care for 喜欢,照料,照顾 I don’t really care for red wine.我其实并不喜欢红葡萄酒。
Who will care for your child if you are out? 如果你外出了,谁来照顾你的孩子?
12.give me a determined look给了我一个坚定的眼神
13.change one’s mind 改变主意
14.…she seemed to be excited about it.似乎显得兴奋
15.an interesting experience一次有趣的经历
16.Once she has made up her mind, nothing can change it.Finally, I had togive in.她一旦下了决心,什么也不能使她改变。最后,我只好让步了。
Once 可作为从属连词,作“一(旦)……就……”解,连接一个表示时间的状语从句。从句中常用一般现在时,现在完成时表将来。
如:Once you have begin you must continue.Once printed,the book will be very popular。
17.It becomes rapids as it passes through deep valleys, travelling acrosswestern Yunnan Province.它穿过深谷时就变成了急流,流经云南西部。
18.It makes wide bends or meanders through low valleys to the plains whererice grows.河水蜿蜒缓慢地穿过低谷,流向生长稻谷的平原。
19.He is so stubborn that no one can persuade him to doanything.他太固执,没有一人能劝动他做事。
20.A determined person always tries to finish the job, no matter how hardit is.不论工作多难,一个坚决的人总是努力地去完成它。
高考英语知识点3
分词的概念
分词是动词的一种非谓语形式,主要起形容词和副词的作用,可以作定语、表语或是状语等。分词有两种,一种是现在分词,一种是过去分词。这两种分词在句子中能担任的成分大体相同,主要是在“意思”上有主动和被动之分。过去分词一般有被动和完成两大特征。
过去分词的定语和表语功能定语表“完成”或“被动”
boiled water开水 fallen leaves落叶
the risen sun升起的太阳 selected apples 精选苹果
spoken English英语口语 iced beer冰镇啤酒
cooked food熟食 fried chips炸土豆条
单个的过去分词作定语时,一般放在被修饰词语之前(如上例),也可以放在所修饰词语的后面。Hurry up,there is only a littletime left.快点,时间不多了。
If you wish everything changed,please say so.你如果希望改变一切,请说明。
过去分词短语作定语时,须将分词放在被修饰的词语之后,功能相当于一个定语从句。Near the window,there is a bookshelffilled
with many books(=which is filled with many books).靠近窗户,有一个装满书的书架。
Her daughter,brought up by me(=who was brought
up by me)has begun to work now.由我带大的她的女儿现在已经参加工作了。当“人”作主语时用过去分词作表语,表示主语的状态或思想感情等。When we heard of it,wewere deeply moved.当我们听到这件事时,被深深地感动了。He seemed quite delighted at the idea.听到这个想法,他似乎很高兴。
过去分词作表语不要与被动语态混为一体。分词作表语表示主语的状态,而被动语态则表示被动的动作。My glasses arebroken.我的眼镜碎了。(状态)
My glasses were broken by my son.我的眼镜被我儿子摔碎了。(动作)
On the earth,70% of the surface is covered withwater.地球表面70%是被水覆盖的。(状态)
I was greatly surprised by a knock at the door.敲门声使我大为吃惊。(动作)
高考英语知识点4
under age 未成年,未达到规定年龄
He was rejected by the army because he was under age.他因尚未成年而被拒绝参军。
You shouldn’t sell cigarettes to teenagers who are under age.你不应该把香烟卖给没未成年的青少年。
under arrest 被捕
You are under arrest in the name of the law.你被依法逮捕了。
He was soon put [placed] under arrest.他不久就被逮捕了。
under attack遭受攻击
The company has come under fierce attack for its decision to close thefactory.因为决定要关闭工厂,公司受到猛烈攻击。
under consideration 在考虑中;在研究中
The question is now under consideration.这个问题正在考虑中。
The plan is under consideration by the Ministry of Education.教育部正在研究这个方案。
under construction 在建造中
The new railway is under construction.新铁路正在修建当中。
The bridge is under construction.这座桥正在建造中。
There are two new hotels near here under construction.附近正在兴建两家新的旅馆。
under control 在控制中
They soon got the fire under control.他们很快把火势控制住。
It took the teacher months to bring his class under control.这个老师花了几个月的时间才管住了他的班级。
under copyright 享有版权
The poem is still under copyright, so you have to pay to quote it.该诗仍然享有版权,因此你必须支付引用费。
under cover 在隐蔽处;秘密地;在信封或邮包中
Plans for the attack were made under cover.进攻计划是秘密制定的。
The check came under cover in yesterday’s mail.支票是装在信封里和昨天的信一道寄来的。
under discussion 在讨论中;在审议中
That has no relation to the matter under discussion.那与正在讨论的事无关。
That’s another topic that will come under discussion.那是另一个要讨论的问题。
under examination 在检查中;在审查中
The prisoner was still under examination.囚犯仍受审。
The proposals are still under examination.提案仍在审查中。
under fire 在炮火中;被攻击中
We were under fire from all sides.我们遭到了来自四面八方的射击。
The headmaster was under fire for not sending the boys home who stole thecar.校长由于没有开除那几个偷汽车的学生,受到责难。
under guarantee 在保修期内
It’s still under guarantee, so the manufacturer will repair it.保证书还有效,所以厂家会给修理的。
The car is still under guarantee, so you should be able to get it repairedfree of charge.汽车还在保修期内,所以你应该可以免费修理。
under oath 在法庭上宣过誓要说实话
The judge reminded the witness that he was still under oath.那法官提醒证人他已宣誓不作伪证。
under obligation 有义务;一定要
The one who did the damage in under obligation to pay for it.造成损失的人有义务赔偿。
【注】在现代英语中通常用under an [no] obligation的形式:
You’re under no obligation to pay for goods which you did not order.没有订购的货物就无须付款。
She’s under an obligation to him because he lent her money.因为他把钱错给她了,所以她有偿还他的义务。
高考英语知识点5
1.定义:用作主语的从句叫做主语从句。
2.构成:关联词+简单句
3.引导主语从句的关联词有三类:
(1)从属连词that。如:That they were in truth sisters was clear from the facialresemblance between them.很明显,她们确是亲姐妹,她们的脸型很相似。
(2)从属连词whether。如:
Whether he’ll come here isn’t clear.他是否会来这里还不清楚。
(3)连接代词who, whom, whose, what, which, whoever, whatever, whichever
连接副词 where, when, how, why。如:
What she did is not yet known.她干了什么尚不清楚。
How this happened is not clear to anyone.这事怎样发生的,谁也不清楚。
Whoever comes is welcome.不论谁来都欢迎。
Wherever you are is my home----my only home.你所在的任何地方就是我的家----我的家。
解释:
1.主语从句能用it作形式上的主语。常以it作形式主语的句型有:
A.It+be+形容词(obvious, true, natural, surprising, good, wonderful, funny,possible, likely, certain, probable, etc.)+that从句。如:
It is certain that she will do well in her exam.毫无疑问她考试成绩会很好。
It is probable that he told her everything.很可能他把一切都告诉她了。
B.It+be+名词词组(no wonder, an honour, a good thing, a pity, no surprise,etc.)+that从句。如:
It’s a pity that we can’t go.很遗憾我们不能去。
It’s no surprise that our team should have won the game.我们没赢这场比赛真意外。
C.It+be+过去分词(said, reported, thought, expected, decided, announced,arranged, etc.)+that从句。如:
It is said that Mr.Green has arrived in Beijing.据说格林先生已经到了北京。
It is reported that China has sent another man-made earth satellite intoorbit.据报道中国又成功地发射了一颗人造地球卫星。
D.It+seem, happen等不及物动词及短语+that从句。如:
It seems that Alice is not coming to the party at all.Alice似乎不来参加晚会。
It happened that I was out that day.碰巧我那天外出了。
E.It+doesn’t matter(makes no difference, etc.)+连接代词或连接副词引起的主语从句。如:
It doesn’t matter whether she will come or not.她是否来这无关紧要。
It makes no difference where we shall have the meeting.我们在哪里开会毫无区别。
F.当that引导的主语从句出现在疑问句中时,要以it作形式主语,而把主语从句后置。如:
Is it true that the scientist will give us a lecture next week?下周那位科学家将给我们作报告是真的吗?
Does it matter much that they will not come tomorrow? 他们明天不来很要紧吗?
G.当主语从句出现在感叹句中时,要以it作形式主语,而把主语从句后置。如:
How strange it is that the children are so quiet!孩子们这么安静真奇怪!
2.注意连接代词whoever, whatever, whichever等引导主语从句的含义
Whoever comes will be welcome.(whoever=the person who)来的人将受到欢迎。
Whatever he did was right.(whatever=the thing that)他所做的事情是正确的。
Whichever of you comes in will receive a prize.(whichever=anyone of youwho)你们当中不论哪个进来将会得到奖
第三篇:高考英语知识点总结(超全版)[定稿]
高考英语复习知识点概要
1.a great/good many: a large number of许多。修饰可数名词复数。
I’m quite busy.I have a great many things to do.我很忙,我有很多事要做。
若复数名词前有限定词或其修饰的为代词时,应加of.①A great many of the books have been sold out.已经卖了很多书了。
②A great many of them are out of work.他们很多人失业了。
2.able(可以的,有能力的,可能的)①He is an able man.那人本事不小。enable(v)使……能
②We must learn more to enable us to face all the difficulties.我们要多学知识以便能面对各种困难。disable:有残疾的,不能干的;the disabled表示一类人(残疾人)able作词辍时
①可以……的,值得……的(有被动含义)
eatable可食用的,measurable可以测量、估计的;readable可读的 ②其他含义:conformable舒适的、安逸的;suitable 合适的,恰当的
3.above, over, on 三个词都可以表示“在……上“,但用法不同。On表示与某物体表面接触;over表示在某物体垂直的上方,含“布满、覆盖、跨越”之意,与under 相对;above表示位置高于,但不一定垂直,与below相对。注意:与数字、数量、长度词连用时,多用over,同more than。如:over10,000people一万多人;表示年龄、刻度多用above,如a man above fifty五十开外的人;above zero零度以上。习惯用语:well above average远在一般以上;above sea-level海拔以上;the one above上面的一个;above all首先,尤其重要的是;over there 那边;all over 遍及;over again 再一遍;over and over再三地
[应用]介词填空
①There lay an umbrella_______the table and some raincoats _____it.②The mother held an umbrella______the boy’s head so that the sun wouldn’t burn him.③ There seemed to be a war and many planes were flying____the city.④The moon was______the trees in the east.Key:①on,under ②over ③over ④above above all 首先,特别是,最重要的是 after all 到底,毕竟
at all(用来加强语气)与not连用,表示“一点也不,完全不”。in all 总共
all but 几乎,差点没(=almost,nearly)①We have all but finished the work.②The day turned out fine after all.③Children need many things ,but above all they need love.④He wasn’t at all tired.⑤Do you feel ill at all(真的,确实)? ⑥There were twenty in all at the party.accident/event/ incident event一般指重大事件。accident多指意外或偶然发生的事故,特别是不幸的、有损害性的事故。incident相对于accident来说,显得不很重要,指“小事件”,它还可以用来表示“事变”,如叛乱、爆炸等。如:
The broadcaster is broadcasting the news on current events.广播员正在播报时事新闻。
He was badly injured in the traffic accident.在那起交通事故中,他严重受伤。
There was an incident on the bus: a man fought with the conductor.那辆公共汽车上发生了一件事,有个人和售票员打了起来。
Have you heard of Xi’an Incident?你听说过“西安事变”吗?
admit vt.①接纳,许可……进入(allow sb./sth.to enter)
He was admitted to the school this year.Only two hundred boys and girls are admitted to our school every year.②承认,后可接名词,doing、从句或复合结构。I admit my fault.She admitted having read the letter.He admitted that his comprehension was weak.You must admit the task to be difficult.高考英语复习知识点概要
advice建议;劝告。是不可数名词,“一条建议”应用a piece of advice。常用结构。
give sb.advice(on)/give advice给某人提(关于……的)建议;忠告某人。
ask(sb.)for advice征求(某人的)意见。
①Marx gave us some good advice on how to learn a foreign language.关于如何学好外语,马克思给我们提了些好建议。②If you take /follow my advice, you’ll pass the exam.如果你听从我的建议,你会考试及格的。③Let’s ask our teacher for some advice.咱们征求一下老师的意见吧。
admire(= respect / praise)vt.羡慕,钦佩,夸奖
admire sb.(for sth.)佩服某人某事
Visitors to Beijing greatly admire our Palace Museum.去北京的游人极其羡慕我们的故宫。
I admire him for his wisdom.我佩服他的智慧。别忘了夸奖孩子。
对比:envy(= jealous)vt.嫉妨,羡慕
envy sb.(sth.)嫉妒/羡慕某人某事
We all envy you your good future.我们都很羡慕你的好运。advise sb.to do sth.建议某人做某事(suggest不这样用)。
①I advise you to take the chance.我建议你抓住机会。
②—What do you advise me to do?你建议我怎么办?
—I advise you not to lose heart;just keep on.我劝你不要灰心,继续干。
advise 还可同suggest一样,后接名词、代词、动名词(短语)和that从句(用虚拟语气)作宾语。①—What would you advise?你有什么建议吗?—I advise you an early start我建议你早点出发。
②I advise holding a metting to discuss the problem.我建议召开一次会议来讨论这个问题。
③I advise you(should)go to once.我建议你马上去。
advise,persuade
persuade sb.to do sth.意为“说服某人做某事”,强调劝说成功,说服;advise sb.to do sth.意为“劝说某人做某事”,不涉及劝说是否有效,相当于try to persuade sb.to do sth.。如:
The doctor persuaded my father to give up smoking.医生说服我爸爸戒了烟。
The doctor advised my father to give up smoking, but failed.医生劝我爸爸戒烟,但没成功。advise;suggest advise 与suggest 都可作“建议”讲,二者用法有同有异。
(1)相同点 表示建议做某事,advise与suggest都可采用下列三种句型: ① + 名词 ② + 动名词
③ + that从句(从句中常用should加动词原形,should可以省略。)
eg.He advised/ suggested an early start.He advised/ suggested(our)starting early.He advised/ suggested that we(should)start early.(注:只要是用从句表示建议该做的事,从句中就可用“should+动词原形”,should可以省略。)上面的第三句可转化为:
It was suggested that we(should)start early.What he suggested was that we(should)start early.His suggestion was that we(should)start early.(2)不同点
①advise后可以跟人称代词作宾语,而suggest后不可以跟人称代词作宾语。故可以说:
advise sb.to do sth.;advise sb.against(doing)sth.;advise sb.on/ about sth.;suggest(to sb.)that...前三种结构中不可将advise改为suggest,如: 他建议我们去参观博物馆。
[正]He advised us to go to visit the museum.[误]He suggested us to go to visit the museum.[误]He suggested us that we go to visit the museum.②suggest还有“暗示、表明、说、指出(一个事实)”的意思。此时从句中用陈述语气,不用虚拟语气。如:
The smile on his face suggested that he was pleased.Having examined carefully, the doctor suggested that the patient was seriously ill.(句中suggest陈述了一个事实,故用陈述语气。)比较:
Having examined carefully, the doctor suggested that the Patient be
operated on at once.(句中suggest表示建议该做某事,从句中用should加动词原形,should在从句中省略。)
affect(=have an effect on sth.)vt.影响(effect n.影响)
This may affect your health.这或许会影响你的健康。
My throat is always affected by bad weather.我的嗓子总是受恶劣天气的影响。afraid
1)“be afraid of+名词”,意为“害怕”。2)“be afraid of doing sth”意为“担心,害怕……”。
高考英语复习知识点概要
3)“be afraid for…”意为“为……担心。” 4)“be afraid that…”意为“担心,恐怕”。5)“be afraid to do ”意为“害怕,担心而不敢做某事”。
6)I’m afraid so/not.恐怕是这样/恐怕不会这样 [应用]完成句子
①女孩子一般都怕蛇。Girls are usually______ _____snakes.②他怕把杯子打碎,因而很小心。He was careful because he was afraid______ _____the glass.③你不为自己的安全担心吗?Are you afraid_______your safety? ④恐怕她会迷路。I am _____ _____she will lose her way.⑤汤姆把钱丢了,也不敢告诉他母亲。Tom lost the money and was afraid________ ______his mother.Key:①afraid,of ②of,breaking ③for ④afraid,that ⑤to tell again and again = time and time again = over and over = over and over again再三地
The old man thinks of his happy past again and again.这位老人再三地想起他幸福的过去。age
(1)n.年龄,时代,时期
The old man died at the age of 80/when he was 80 years of age/when he was 80 years old.那位老人80岁时去世了。
He is young for his age.就他的年龄而论,他是年轻的。
What is the age of the church? 这座教堂多少年了?
He was the greatest poet of the age.他是那个时代最伟大的诗人。
(2)vi./vt.变老
He is aging fast.Worry ages a man.他老得很快。忧虑令人老!
I found him greatly aged.我发现他老多了。
拓展:(1)adj.aged……岁的,年老的
a boy aged ten 一个10岁的男孩
an aged man老人
(2)人生的七期
baby→infant→child→youth→manhood→middle age→old age 婴儿/0→幼儿7→儿童12→青年28→壮年40→中年65→老年
agree 同意。常用桔构:
(1)agree on 对……取得一致意见或达成协议,一般表示原双方共同商讨以后达成协议的名词)。主语必须是两者以上。也常用被动语态,表示“(某事)是大家都同意的”。
如:
①They agreed on the date for the next meeting.对下次会议的日期他们达成了一致意见。②At last,the plan was agreed on.最后,这项计划通过了。
③I don’t agree with you to this arrangement, but perhaps, after a discussion we will agree on this project.我不赞同你在这件事的安排,但或许在协商之后我们可以就这个工程达成共识。
(2)agree to 同意;赞成。to 为介词,后接表示“建议;办法;计划”等名词。
①Do you agree to my plan?你同意我的计划吗? ②The headmaster has agreed to our suggestion for the holiday.校长同意了我们度假的建议。
(3)agree with同意;赞成。后接sb.或what 从句。I agree with you ,but I don’t agree with what he said.我同意你的意见,但我不同意他所说的。另外,agree with还有“与……相适应/相一致”的意思。The climate here doesn’t agree with me.我不适应这里的气候。
(4)agree to do sth.同意、答应做某事。
Do you agree to go with us if we agree to lend you some money?如果我们答应借钱给你,你同意和我们一起去吗? ahead短语归纳
go ahead朝前走,请便(同意对方继续干或同意对方的请求);go ahead(on)with… 继续;ahead of在……前面,早于,优先;ahead of time提前 [应用]完成句子
①他朝前走去看看发生了什么事情。He ________ ________ to see what had happened.②我可以坐这个座位吗?请坐吧。May I take this seat?________ _______.③汤姆的数学比玛丽好。Tom is ________ _______ Mary in maths.④她比我早到2个小时。She arrived two hours _______ _______me.⑤他们已提前三周完成了设计。They have completed the design _______ ______ _______ _______time.Key:①went,ahead ②Go,ahead③/ ④ahead,of⑤three,weeks,ahead,of
alive,living,live,lively,lovely区别 1)lovely意“可爱的”,“美好的”如:a lovely day 美好的一天
a lovely girl 可爱的女孩
2)alive 意为“活着的、有活力的”,是表语形容词,可修饰人、物;
高考英语复习知识点概要
在句中做表语宾补和或后置定词,不能用作前置定语。如
He was alive when he was taken to the hospital.他被送往医院时还活着。
Although he is old, he is still very much alive.虽然年老了,但他仍十分活跃。
The fish is still alive/living.那条鱼还活着。Keep him alive, please.请让他活下去吧。
He is the only man alive in the accident.他是事故中惟一活着的人。
After the war , he remained alive.战后他还活着。Those alive will gather here.活着的人将在此相聚。3)living 意为“活着的、有生命的”,主要用于作前置定语及冠词the 之后表示一类人,也可用作表语,可修饰人或物。如: a living plant
活的植物
The living will go on with the work of the dead.活着的人将继续死者的工作。
all living things所有生物 the living 在世者,活着的人们
Latin is not a living language.拉丁语不是现代使用的语言。
He is still living at the age of 95.95岁了他还活着。4)live [laiv](1)(动、植物)“活的”,“有生命的”,“活生生的,主要用来说鸟或其它动物,作前置定语;如:a live fish一条活鱼 a live tiger 一只活老虎
(2)实况的,现场直播的;如:a live report现场报道a live show/broadcast/TV program现场转播的表演/实况广播/现场直播的电视节目
living有精神的,活泼的,快活的,轻快的
Her grandfather is still living at the age of 93.她爷爷已经93岁了,仍然健在。5)lively 意为“活泼的”,“有生气的”, 生动的 “生动的”,可用作表语、定语,指人或物。如: a lively child 活泼的孩子
a lively description 生动的描述如:
a lively mind 活跃的头脑
a lively discussion 热烈的讨论
a way of making one’s classes lively
使课堂生动的方法
He told a lively story about his life in Africa.他讲述了一个有关他的非洲生活的一个生动故事。
Young children are usually lively.年轻人通常很活泼。
all the same adj.都一样;无所谓(to+n.)
①You can stay or leave now;It’s all the same to me.②It’s all the same to me whether we’ll go there today or tomorrow.adv.仍然,还是
Thank you all the same.all the year round 全年,一年到头
In the west coast of Canada,it rains all the year round.allow与permit 1)用法相同
allow / permit sb.to do sth.允许某人做某事
allow / permit doing sth.允许做某事。此时动词只用ing 形式。
反义词forbid 具有同样用法。2)意义有异同
许多情况下可换用,只是词意的强弱上有差异。allow语意较弱,含有“听任”,“默许”,“不加阻止”的意思;permit 语意较强,强调“正式认可”,“批准”的意思。如:
The nurse allowed him to remain there ,though it was not permitted.护士让他留在那里,虽然这时(规定)不允许的。amaze vt.使……惊奇 = astonish, surprise
The news amazed us greatly.这条消息使我们感到很惊奇。
拓展:(1)amazed人对……感到吃惊的;amazing(某物)……信人吃惊的。
They were all amazed at the amazing news.听到这个令人吃惊的消息他们感到惊讶。
(2)amazement n.to one’s amazement令人吃惊的是
To my amazement, they have gone to Xishuangbanna.让我奇怪的是,他们去西双版纳了。
类似短语:to one’s happiness/excitement/sadness/puzzlement
使某人高兴的/兴奋的/伤心的/迷惑的是
and so on : etc 等等。用来表示列举,但又不一一列出。
He knows five foreign languages, English, French, Japanese and so on.他懂5种外语,如英语、法语、日语等等。
announce, explain, introduce, declare后面不接双宾语,若以人作宾语常置于to后。如:
The president announced to the workers the sad news.The president announced the sad news to the workers.总裁向工人宣布了那不幸的消息。
He introduced the new comer to everyone here.他把新来的那个人介绍给这里的每个人。
高考英语复习知识点概要
report to sb.向某人汇报:report sth/sb.to sb.向某人汇报/告诉。[应用]单句改错
①The teacher explained his students how to use the computer.②No one declared us we could not smoke here.Key:①explain后加to
②declare后加to
another day/the other day/some day/one day another day 可表示近期将来的某一天,意为“改天”,也可表示过去将来某一动作或状态延续的“又一天”。如: She is coming another day instead of today.她今天不来,改天来。
You may do it another day.你可以改天做这件事。
He stayed there(for)another day/another two days after I lift.我离开后他在那又待了一天/两天。
the other day 相当于a few days ago,意为“几天前、某天、那天、不久前”,句中用一般过去时。如: I met her in the street the other day.几天前我在街上碰见过她。
I bought the watch the other day.这手表我是几天前买的。
some day指将来“总有一天、有朝一日、终将、(日后)某一天”,谓语动词用一般将来时.如: Your wishes will come true some day.总有一天你的愿望会实现的。
Some day you’ll have to pay for what you have done.总有一天你要为你的行为而付出代价的。one day可以表示“(过去)某一天”,谓语动词常用一般过去式;也可表示“(将来)某一天”,这时可与some day互相代替,谓语常用一般将来时。如:
One day I went to see my first teacher ,but he happened to be out.有一天,我去看我的启蒙老师,可碰巧他出去了。
He will understand the teacher one day/some day.将来有一天,他会理解老师的。anxious, eager 两个词均有“渴望,急于”之意。anxious 着重指焦急、着急或担心;而eager着重指对成功的期望或进取的热情。两者都多用作表语,其主语通常是人,不能以无生命的事物作主语。对比: He is eager to join the army.他渴望参军。
He is anxious to know whether he has been chosen.他急于知道是否被选上了。常用搭配:
①be anxious to do sth.渴望急切地做某事;be anxious for渴望(了解、得到);
be anxious about担心,对……感到不安 ②be eager to do sth.急切地想做某事; be eager for(about, after)渴望,渴求,be eager for your help渴望得到你的帮助; be eager about peace渴望和平
①学生们都急切地想知道考试结果。
The students ________ ________ ________ ________ the results ofthe examination.②那个小男孩渴望得到一台新录音机。The little boy was ________ ________a new recorder.③我很担心我儿子的健康。I’m ________ ________my son’s health.④他殷切希望女儿的成功。He is __________ _________ his daughter’s success.Key:①are, anxious(eager),to ,know②anxious(eager),for③anxious, about④eager, for(about, after)
apologize for doing sth.apologize是不及物动词,意为“道歉”,其表达式为“apologize to sb.for sth.”。如:
You must apologize to your sister for being so rude.它的名词形式是apology, 复数形式是apologizes.make one’s apologies to sb.for sth.= make an apology to sb.for sth.如:
He make his apologies to me for coming late.appear
As a result, it appered to scientists on earth that the stars had moved.因此,地球上的科学家看来,恒星好像是移动了。
句型:It appears/seems(to sb.)+that—clause.看来/似乎是……
①It appears to me that something is wrong.我看好像有点不大对头。
②It appears that he will the prize.看来他会得笑。appear;seem;look
appear, seem, look都有“看起来似……”之意,但其暗含意思和用法又各有不同。从意义上讲:
(1)appear强调外表给人的印象,有时含实质上并非如此的意思,如:
He appears to know more than he really does。他看起来好像懂得很多。(其实懂得没有那么多)
(2)seem暗示有一定根据的判断,这种判断往往接近事实,如:
His health seems to be better.他的健康状况似乎有
高考英语复习知识点概要
所好转。
(3)look着重由视觉得出的印象,如:
He doesn’t look his age.他看起来比实际年龄年轻(或老成)。从用法上讲:
seem和appear后可加
(to + be)+表语(adj.或n.或prep.)+to v.It + ~ +(that)从句如:
He seems/appears(to be)very sad today.=It seems that he is very sad today.It seems like years since I saw you last time.He seems a kind doctor.(=It seems that he is a kind doctor.)
He seems/appears to have caught a cold.=It seems/appears that he has caught a cold.look当“看起来似乎…和as if从句。如: He looks strong.She looks like her mother.It looks as if we are going to miss the train.…”讲时,可接形容词、过去分词、名词、介词短语 area;district(1)area表示“地区、区域”,是普通用词,暗示一个较大的,可能是没有清楚界限的地区,不能用来指行政上的地理单位。如:
The old man lives in a mountain area.这位老人生活在山东。
This is a less developed area.这是个欠发达地区。Most of the large land areas are connected.多数大块陆地是相连的。
(2)district表示“区、地区、区域”,指为行政管理或选举之目的所分的区。在同一城市,各种性质不同的区域也叫district。如:
Where is the District of Columbia?哥伦比亚特区在什么地方?
The old man used to work in the jin-Cha-Ji Military District.那位老人曾经在晋察冀军区工作。
The northeast part of the city is the residential district.这城市的东北部是住宅区。Arm take…in one’s arms 该结构意为“拥抱”。如:
He went into classroom, taking some books in his arms.As a child….:As/When he was a child…,小的时候,该句型中的as为连词,意为“在……的时候”,引导时间状语从句。当从句与主句主语一致,且从句谓语为be时,可将从句主语及be省略。①Even as(he was)a student,Professor Smith showed great interest in maths.甚至上学的时候,史密斯教授对数学就很感兴趣。
②As(he was)a boy,he liked playing table tennis with the grown-ups.小时候,他就喜欢和大人们打乒乓球。
as a result 作为结果,结果(发生某情况),可置于句首,也可置于句末
She got up very early.As a result, she was able to catch the early bus.她起得很早,因此她赶上了早班车。
He has won the game.He is in high spirits as a result.他赢了比赛,所以他精神高昂。
He runs every day.As a result , he has lost weight.他每天跑步,结果他减肥了。
as a result of 作为……的结果,as a result of……的结果是
As a result of exercise , he has built up his health.The flight was delayed as a result of typhoon.该次班机因台风而延误
result in = lead to 导致,造成……结果,如:
Hard work results in success.努力终归成功。(= Success results from hard work.成功来自努力)Hard work results in success.勤奋才会成功。result from 由……产生的结果,如:
Success results from hard work.成功来自勤奋。His illness resulted from overwork.他的病起因于操劳过渡。as…as
as many as 和……一样多/多达;as much as 和……一样多/多达(注意:many指可数的量,much 指不可数词的量);as high as 和……一样高/高达;as thick as 和……一样厚/厚达;as long as 一样长/长达;as deep as 一样深/深达;as early as 一样早/早在……时候,如:
We have as many books as they.我们的书和他们的一样多。/The great fire burned down as many as twenty buildings.大火烧毁的大楼多达20座。[应用]汉译英
①新桥与旧桥一样长。/这种鱼可长到长达15英尺。②这座山和远处的另一座一样高。/这座山高达4000米。
Key:①The new bridge is as long as the old one./The kind of fish can grow as long as 15 feet.②This mountain is as high as another one in the distance./This mountain is as high as 4,000 metres.as…as possible:as…as one can尽可能地…….①I’ll come back as soon as possible.我尽可能
高考英语复习知识点概要
地……
②Get up as early as possible tomorrow morning.明天早晨尽量早起。as...as...用法小结
(1)...as+形容词(副词)原级+as...;not as/so+形容词(副词)原级+as...Their factory is as large as ours.他们的工厂和我们的一样大。
I study as hard as you.我和你一样用功学习。
He doesn’t get up as/ so early as his parents.他不像他父母那样早起床。
(2)……倍数 + as + 形容词(副词)原级+as...Line AB is 3 times as long as Line CD.=Line AB is twice longer than/3 times the length of Line CD.线段AB是线段CD长的3倍。
(3)as + 形容词 + a/an + 单数可数名词 + as;as + 形容词+复数名词 + as She is as good many records as possible.我们需要尽量多的唱片。
There is as much sugar in it as eight pieces of sugar.其中的含糖量相当于八块方糖。I have’t got as much money as I thought.我没有原来想象的那么多钱。
(5)as much/ many as多达……,……那么多 On Sports Day, during the relay race, you will use most of all, perhaps as much as 650 calories an hour.在运动会上,进行接力赛跑时,你消耗的能量最多,可能每小时多达650卡。
As many as 700 different languages are spoken in Africa.非洲有多达700种不同的语言。
He didn’t catch as many as he’d hoped.他没有捉住预想的那么多。
(6)as...as possible;as...as one can The teacher should write the words on the blackboard as carefully as he can.=The teacher should write the words on the blackboard as carefully as possible.老师在黑板上应尽可能仔细地把字写好。
Please be as friendly as possible to your friends.=Please be as friendly as you can.请对你的朋友尽可能友好。
(7)as...as + 年代数字/名词
As early as 1950 I knew him.早在1950 年我就认识他了。
He walked as far as the post office.他步行到邮局。(8)as/so far as I know As/ So for as I know, he will be away from home for 3 months.就我所知,他将要离家3个月。(9)as soon as—……就……
Please let us know as soon as you arrive in Bejing.一到北京,请通知我们一声。(10)as well as 和;也;还有
He gave me money as well as advice.他除了给我忠告外,还给我钱。
He studies French as well as English.他不但学习英语,而且学习法语。
(11)as/so long as 只要;如果
You may use that dictionary as long as you take care of it.只要你好好保存,你可以用那本词典。as a matter of fact=in fact事实上、实际上……
It seems easy,but as a matter of fact,it’ll take us a long time to work it out.这道题貌似简单,实际上要解出的话很费时间。区别下列用法
1)as(so)far as 和……一样远,远至(原级比较或表示距离);就……来讲
2)as(so)long as 和……一样长(原级比较);只要(引导条件 状语从句)
3)as well as和……一样好;既……也……(连接并列成分)
4)as good as和……一样好;事实上(作状语)[应用]完成句子
①他们实际上已经答应帮助我们了。They have ________ _______ ______ promised to help us.②油漆后的这辆自行车和新的一样。Painted, this bike is _______ _____ ______ a new one.③小李英语说得和汉语一样好。Xiao Li speaks English______ ______ _____ she speaks Chinese.④他和他的父母对我都很好。He _______ ______ ______his parents is kind to me.⑤晚饭后我们一直到走山脚下。After supper we walked______ _____ ______the foot of the hill.⑥就我所知,他将离开两个月。______ ______ ______I know, he’ll be away for two months.⑦只要努力,你一定会成功。________ ________ _______you work hard, you’ll succeed in time.⑧这座新建的桥据说和旧的一样长。This newly – built bridge is said to be _____ ____ ___the old one.Key:①②as good as;③④as well as ⑤as far as ⑥As, far,as ⑦As/so,long,as ⑧as,long,as
as if可用as though替换,在此引导表语从句,另外它们也可引导状语从句,从句既可用陈述语气,也可用虚拟语气。如:
①It looks as if /though it’s going to rain.(陈述语
高考英语复习知识点概要
气)
②You look as if you’d seen a ghost.(虚拟语气)as is the case with = as with ……就和……的情况一样
As is the case with his mother, he is fond of music.跟母亲一样,他喜欢音乐。
As with human, animals also love their babies.同人一样,动物也爱它们的幼仔。as good as as good as 作为固定词组意为“几乎一样”,“实际上等于”,作为同级比较结构,意为“和……一样好”。如:
①He is as good at English as me.②My bike is as good as yours.…as it is
该固定词组表达意思是“就以(现在)这个样子,”“根据现在的情况”。
如:He decided to buy the house as it is.as long as/so long as只要
(1)引导条件状语从句
You may borrow the book as / so long as you keep it clean.只要你不把书弄脏,你就可以借。
You will succeed so long as you work hard.只要你努力就会成功。
As long as you study hard, you’ll make great progress.只要你努力学习,你就会取得很大进步。
(2)和……一样长
This rope is as long as that one.这条绳子和那条一样长。
This bridge isn’t so/as long as that one.这座桥和那座不一样长。
(3)长达……(表时间)
The old couple have been living in the small town as long as 50 years.这对老夫妇已在这个小城镇里住了长达50年。as well/ as well as as well 表示“也”,是副词短语,用作状语,通常放在句末,也可放在主语之后,相当于too,但一般无标点符号与句子隔开.as well as 通常看作一个复合并列连词,连接两个成分相同的词、短语或句子,表示“既……又……,不但……而且……”当它连接两个主语时,谓语动词的人称和数要与第一个主语保持一致。如:
The children learn to read, write and they play games as well.孩子们学习读书写字,他们也做游戏。With television,we can see a picture as well as hear sound.利用电视,我们既能听到声音,又能看到图像.Tom,as well as his parents,likes pop music.汤姆以及他的父母都喜欢流行音乐。as;which引导定语从句异同
as, which 都能引导限制性或非限制性的定语从句。
(1)在引导限制性定语从句时;
①which从句修饰的先行词是名词(词组),which可与that换用,作宾语时可省去。如:
Then grow some tomatoes in one box which has plant food in the soil and some in another box which doesn’t.But the studios(which)he started are still busy today, producing more and more interesting films.②as从句的先行词是the same/such或被the same/such修饰;as可作主、宾、表语,一律不可省略。如:Many of the sports were the same as they are now.(as作表语)
He uses the same map as I(use).他和我用的是同一份地图。(as作宾语)
Such as beautiful park as is being built was designed by two young engineers.正在建造的如此漂亮的公园是由两个年轻的工程师设计的。(as作主语)The printed newspaper was not such as the chief editor had expected.印好的报纸并非如主编原来所期望的那样。(as作宾语)
(2)在引导非限制性定语从句时,as,which都可作主、宾、表语,都不可省去。
①which从句补充说明先行词的用途、性质、状态、特征等。如:
At present,the biggest nature park for milu deer in China is in the Nanhaizi Milu Park,which is about 20 kilometres south of Beijing.(位置)
China Daily has plenty of advertisements, which help to cut
the costs of making the newspaper.(用途)
One of Charile Chaplin’s most famous films was“The Gold Rush”,which was made in 1925.(时间)Now, however,the maters of this great lake,which is also the
World’s deepest(over 1,740 metres),have been dirtied by waste
from a chemical factory.(特征)
②which从句还可表示说话人的看法,也可对主句作意义上的补充;which=and it/ this/ that/ they;which代表的是先行词、主句或主句的一部分;which从句只能放在先行词或主句后。如: He said she could speak 4 foreign languages, which(=and it)is not true.他说她会四门外语,这是不可能的。(说话人看法,which代表宾语从句部
高考英语复习知识点概要
分)
比较:He said she could speak 4 foreign languages, which(=and that)surprised every one of us.他说她会四门外语,这使我们每个人都很惊讶。(补充主句,which 代表主句)
Leaves are turning yellow, which means autumn is coming.树叶正在变黄,这意味着秋天就要来了。③as也可代表先行词、主句或主句一部分。但as有“正如”的意义,其从句可放在主句前或后,如: The Nanjing Changjiang River Bridge,as we all know, was compl-eted in 1969.我们都知道南京长江大桥,它建成于一九六九年。(as代表先行词)
To shut your eyes to facts, as many of you do, is foolish.(如)你们许多人(所做的那样)对事实视而不见是愚蠢的。(as代表主语部分)
As we know, the earth is round.我们知道,地球是圆的。
ask for 要求,请求
ask sb.for sth.向(某人)请求(要求)……
She asked for some advice on how to learn English well.at表示速度、价格、利率
at a high/low price以高价/;低价;at 40 miles an hour 以每小时40英里的速度;at a high/low speed以高速/慢速;at an ordinary speed 以普通速度;at full/top speed以全速/高速;at a speed of 以……速度。
[应用]完成句子
①公司决定以较低的价格将这批电视卖掉。
The company decided to sell the TV sets _
__ _ __ __
_。
②火车正以每小时150英里的速度前进。
The train was running ______ _____ ______ _______150 miles an hour.Key:①at, a, low, price②at,a, speed,of “at+名词”表示“在进行,从事” at work 在工作;at table在吃饭;at play 在做游戏;at sea 出海;at university/college在上学;at night school在上夜校;at dinner/table在吃饭;at peace处于和平状态;at war在交战,在打仗 [应用]完成句子。
①别人在工作,不要吵闹。Don’t make any noise while others are ______ ________.②孩子们在游戏,而他们的父母正在吃饭。
The children were ______ ________ while their parents were_______ _______.Key:①at, work②at,play,at,dinner at last, in the end, finally
三者均有“最后、终于”的含义。finally常用于动词之前,表示人们长期以来期待的某事最后实现了,也可指一系列事物或论点的顺序。例如:
After putting it off three times,we finally managed to have a holiday in Greece.经过三次延期之后,我们终于在希腊度了一次假。
They talked about it for hours.Finally,they decided not to go.他们谈论了几个小时,最后决定不去。at last 有时可与finally互换,但往往用于一番拖延或曲折之后,语气更强烈。例如:
When at last they found him, he was almost dead.当人们最终找到他时,他已经奄奄一息了。
James has passed his exams at last.詹姆斯终于通过了考试。
in the end指经过许多变化、困难的捉摸不定的情况之后,某事才发生。例如:
We made five different plans for our holiday, but in the end we had a summer camp again.我们制订了五种不同的度假方案,但最后我们还是选定了再来一次夏令营活动。
at(the)least 至少;最少。反义词组为at(the)most至多;最多。
—Mr Smith looks older than his real age.In fact,he is at(the)most 40 years old.史密斯先生很显老,实际上他最多40岁。
—Oh, really?I thought he was 50 years old at(the)least.噢,真的吗?我以为他至少50岁了。at the beginning of 在……初(开头),可指时间与空间。如:
at the beginning of term 在学期开始
at the beginning of the book 在那本书的开头
at the beginning 单独用时间at first,也可说in the beginning.比较:at the end of 在……末(尽头)
at the end 在末尾处
in the end 最终,同at last
in the middle of 在……中期
from beginning to end 从头至尾 at the doctor’s
该结构为介词+名词所有格,意为“在诊所”。所有格-’s后一般接名词,如her mother’s bike ,但有时这个名词可省略,主要表现在以下两个方面: ①指一个企业,机构,教堂,学校,医院,家庭,理发店,店铺时。如: She is at the hairdresser’s.②为了避免重复,省略-’s后的名词。如:
高考英语复习知识点概要
I have read some of Shaw’s plays,but none of Shakespeare’s.at the last moment在最后关头 at the moment 此刻;正在那时 for a moment片刻;一会儿for the moment 目前,暂时in a moment立刻,马上
at the top of在……的顶部,上方 at the top of a mountain在山顶
She is(at)the top of her class in French.at the top of one’s voice高声地,尖声地 at war 该介宾词组意思是“处于战争或交战状态”。在句中常作表语。如:
The U.S.A.and Iraq are at war again.at, with, through表原因
三个介词都可表示原因,at表示听到或看到的原因;with表示人体外部的原因;through 强调自身的原因。如:be sad at the news听了这个消息而悲伤;be frightened at the sight看了那个情景而害怕;jump up with joy高兴地跳了起来;turn red with anger气得脸红;shake with cold/fear冻得/害怕得发抖;with pleasure高兴地;with pride 骄傲地;with satisfaction满意地;make the mistake through his carelessness由于粗心而出错;be put into prison through no fault of his own 没有任何罪过被关进监狱。
[应用]汉译英
①听到这个消息,全国人民处于悲哀之中。②孩子们高兴地跳了起来。③由于大意他犯了这个错误。
Key:①At the news, the whole country was in deep sorrow.②The children jumped up with joy.③He made the mistake through his carelessness.at work;out of work;after work 这三个以work为中心词的介词短语,在意思和用法上均不相同。(1)at work表示“在工作、在上班”,作表语或状语。例如:
They are both at work today.今天他们俩都在上班。His father had an accident at work last week.上周的父亲在工作时出了事故。(2)out of work表示“失业”,是介词短语,相当于lost one’s job或be unemployed。例如:
If you don’t work hard, you’ll be out of work.如果你不好好工作就会失业。
You’ll be out of work if you keep coming late.如果你老是迟到,你会失业的。(3)after work表示“下班后”,作时间状语。例如: What do you usually do after work?下班后你经常干什么?
I visited Mr Liu after work yesterday.昨天下班后我看望过刘先生。attempt
(1)n.尝试;企图。
①He made an attempt to learn to ski.他尝试着学滑雪。
②He failed in attempt at climbing up the mountain.他企图爬上这座山,却失败了。(2)vt.尝试;企图。
①She attempted to learn Japanese.她试图学习日语。②The prisoner attempted an escape.那犯人企图逃走。
12.keep out of = keep sth.(sb.)out of不使入内;不牵涉进去。
①Warm clothing will keep the cold out.保暖的衣服可御寒。
②Keep out of their quarrels.不要参与他们争吵。attention 短语
pay attention to sth.注意某事
draw one’s attention(to sth.)引起某人的注意 be worth one’s attention 值得某人注意
bring one’s attention to sth.叫某人注意某事 average短语归纳
average 可用作名词,表示“平均数,一般水平”,也可作形容词,表示“平均的”。如:
the average of the pay平均工资;above/below the average平均以上/以下;
the average age of the girls姑娘的平均年龄; the average temperature平均气温; on(an,the)average平均起来 [应用]完成句子
①这个厂的工人平均每月收入700元。____ ______,one worker in this factory gets 700 yuan every month.②他的功课一般以上。He is_________ _________ in his lessons.Key: ①On, average
②above, average awake,wake
①awake用作及物或不及物动词,表示“叫醒,唤醒;醒来”;而wake表示相同意义时,必须与up连用,对比:
The noise awoke me./The noise woke me up.嗓音把我闹醒。
She usually awakes at six in the morning./She usually wakes up at six in the morning.她通常早上6点醒。
高考英语复习知识点概要
注意:awake 不与up连用;wake up 的宾语是人称代词时必须置于两个词之间。误:wake up him正:wake him up ②awake 还可用作形容词,只用作表语或后置定语,不能用作前置定语。其反义词是 asleep.如: Is he awake or asleep?他睡着了还是醒着?
Anyone awake heard the sound.任何醒着的人都听的形式应与前后保持一致。
2)He sat there in silence, _______sad and doing nothing.A.looking
B.looked
答案:A.此题and 之后ing形式,其前面也应该用ing形式,而不能与前面的sat并列。
3)He sat there in silence ,______ nothing.A.doing
到了那个声音。注意:wide/fully awake 完全醒着;sound/fast/deeply asleep熟睡 [应用]完成句子
①他醒来时,他母亲在他的旁边。When he_______,his mother was beside him.②我彻夜未眠,一直在考虑这个问题。I have lain_______all night thinking of the problem.③他突然醒了,好象有人叫他的名字。He ______ _______suddenly,as if someone had called his name.④她睡着的时候谁也叫不醒他。No one can_______ _______ ________when she is asleep.Key:①awoke ②awake ③woke up ④wake,her,up battle, war, fight, struggle war指战争的总体;battle指war中的战斗或战役;fight指具体的人与人之间或动物之间的争斗;struggle指长时间、激烈的争斗,多指肉体、精神上的战斗。对比:
We have had two world wars in this century.本世纪已有两次世界大战。
They were wounded in the battle.他们在战斗中受了伤。
We have started a fight against pollution.我们已开始了一场消除污染的斗争。
His life was a hard struggle with sickness.他一生跟疾病作了艰苦的斗争。[应用]英译汉
①in time of war
②be at war ③declare war on…
④fight a battle ⑤give/offer battle
⑥have a hand-to-hand fight Key:①战时
②交战,在打仗 ③对……宣战
④打一仗 挑战 ⑤肉搏战
伴随状语可用现在分词也可用过去分词
He put a finger in his mouth, tasted it and smiled, looking rather pleased.本句有三个并列谓语,looking 部分为伴随状语。例题
1)He held up his finger ,_______ a face and nodded his head.A.making
B.made 答案:B.此题有and,需连接并列结构,所填词B.did
答案:A.此题才是在逗号之后,需要伴随状误。4)He set out early, ________ there on time.A.arriving
B.and arrived
答案:B.此题两种选项从形式看都有可能,但根据意思看,“到达”并不伴随“出发”的动作,而是明显地有先有后。
5)He made a smile, _____ with the result.A.satisfying
B.satisfied
答案:B.伴随状语可用现在分词也可用过去分词,此处表示“感到满意”的一种状态,而satisfying表示令人满意的,此时的satisfied是过去分词,而不是过去式。
be about to do sth.正要、即将做某事。是将来时的一种表达方式,表示最近的将来。
①I was about to go to bed when he called.我正要去睡觉,这时他打来了电话。
②When I saw Tom, he was about to get on the bus.我看到汤姆,他正要上汽车。注意:be about to 通常不用于带有具体时间状语的句子,但可用be going to 表示。
①Hurry up!They are about to start.快点!他们就要走了。
②Hurry up!They are going to start at 10 o’clock.快点!10点钟他们就要走了。be ahead of
该词组有两层意思,一是“优于”,“超过”;二是“比……早”,“在……的前面”。如:
He is well ahead of all the other students in English.be angry with sb.生某人的气。
be angry at/about sth.因某事而生气。①Don’t be angry with me for my being late?不要因为我迟到而生我的气。
②What are you angry about?你生什么气?
③He was angry at being kept waiting for so long.让他等了这么久,他很生气。be certain…;be sure be uncertain about意思是“对……不确定(没把握)” uncertain的词根是certain,意思是“确信的,有把握的”,常用于以下结构:
高考英语复习知识点概要
(1)be certain(sure)to do sth.“肯定会做……”(表示某事将要发生)。如:
He is certain(sure)to come next Sunday.(2)be certain(sure)of/ about sth.“确信、有把握”(表示某个人的思想状态)。如: We are certain/ sure of victory.(3)名词从句作主语时,一般多用certain.It is certain that he will come.be different from与……不同
Your idea is different from mine.你的想法和我的不同。
对比:make sb./ sth.different from使某人/某物不同于……
Her special accent makes her different from others.她特殊的口音使她与众不同。be familiar with,be familiar to be familiar with的主语是有生命的事,意为“某人对人、事熟悉”;be familiar to 的主语是无生命的事物,意为“某人/事为某人所熟悉”,对比:He is very familiar with the names of plants in English.他很熟悉植物的英语名称。Suzhou and Hangzhou are familiar to many foreigners.苏州和杭州为许多外国人所熟悉。
I’m not familiar with European history./European history is not familiar to me.我对欧洲历史不太熟悉。
注意:be familiar with/to
还表示“精通、通晓” 如:French is as familiar to him as English.他对法语就象对英语一样精通。
[应用] 一句多译①这些事实是每个学生都熟悉的。②她精通4种语言。
Key:①These facts are familiar to every schoolboy./Every shoolboy is familiar with these facts.②She is familiar with four languages./Four languages are familiar to her.be filled with = be full of 充满,装满
如: The bottle is filled with water.瓶子里装满了水。注意:Filled with courage , he went into the cave.此处filled 表示“充满了的”指处于一种状态。比较:be crowded with 挤满的,与be filled with 有所不同。如:
The room is crowded with guests.房间里挤满了客人。
此外,fill作为动词可用其主动形式,亦可构成另外短语。如:
Fill the bottle with sand.把瓶子装满沙子。Fill in the blanks.填空。be full of…→be filled with…充满…
①The classroom was full of students.教室里挤满了学生。
②Her eyes were full of tears.她眼泪汪汪的。
be likely to 易于……;有可能的.后跟动词不定式,往往用在一时的情形。
I shall be likely to catch cold if I go out tonight without my overcoat.如果今晚不穿大衣出去,我会感冒的。
Is that magazine likely to interest you? 那本杂志对你有吸引力吗? be of…结构小结
(1)be of + 表示年龄(age)、大小(size)、颜色(color)、重量(weight)、高度(height)、价格(price)、意见(opinion)、形状(shape)、种类(kind)和方法(way)等名词,说明主语的特征,of表示“具有”之意,有时可省去。例如:
They are both of middle height.他俩都是中等个儿。When I was of your age, I was a teacher.当我是你这个年龄时,我当老师了。
These flowers are of different colors.这些花朵颜色不同。
Tom is of a different way of thinking.汤姆的思维方式与别人不同。
注意:此结构中,如果of后面的名词前有不定冠词a/an,则a/an=the same.例如:
The two boys are of an/the same age.这两个男孩同龄。
These bottles are of a/the same size.这些瓶子大小一样。
(2)be of + 物质名词,表示主语是由某材料制成或某成分构成,相当于be made of, be built of或be made up of等。例如:
The necklace is(made)of glass.这项链是玻璃制的。The bridge is(built)of stone.这桥是由石头构筑的。Our class is(made up)of over 50 students.我班有50多个学生。
(3)be of + 抽象名词(如value, importance,use, help等),of表示“具有、具备”等意思,of不能省,这一结构相当于be+该抽象名词相应的形容词。例如:
They are of great help/ very helpful to learners of English.他们对英语学习者来说是很有帮助的。In fact, sports and games can be of great value/very valuable.事实上体育运动是很有价值的。
The book is of no use/useless to us.这书对我们无用。
It is of great importance/very important to study
高考英语复习知识点概要
English.学习英语很重要。
因此,根据上述(1),(2)点可以看出,课文句中第一个be of 结构表示“具有”,第二个be of(承前省去be)表示“由……制成的”。全句汉语意思为:“硬币的大小、重量、形状可能各不相同,并由不同的金属制成。” be on on 表明所处的状态,意为“为…工作,在……服务”可用be a member of, work for, belong to 替换。I’m on the school team.我属于校队。
She is on Times newspaper.她在时代报社工作。[应用]完成句子,上下句同意
①Which team do you belong to ?Which team______you_____? ②She is a member of the city team.She______ ______ the city team.Key: ①are,on ②is, on be out;put out be out 指“(灯、火)熄灭”,强调状态。put out 意为“熄灭、扑灭”,强调动作。如: Is the fire out ? Office workers tried to put out the fire, but it was impossible to control it.be remembered as…作为……而被人们怀念 He will always be remembered as a national hero.be seated 意为“坐下”(=sit down),是正式用语,而sit down是非正式用语。
如:Please be seated, ladies and gentlemen.be up to to是介词,后接名词、代词或动名词。这一短语有以下几个常用意思:
(1)从事于、忙于,有时含有“密谋干坏事”之意。如:
What is he up to now?他现在在干什么? He is up to no good.他没干好事。
(2)由……负责,常用It作主语。如:
It’s up to you to decide whether to go or not.是去还是不去由你决定。
It’s up to us to give them all the help we can.我们理应尽力帮助他们。
(3)胜任、适于。如:
He is not up to his work.他不胜任他的工作。(4)直到、以至。如: up to now 直到现在
Between the hours of midnight and 6 a.m.,the hurricane crossed the southeast corner of England with winds of up to 160km/h.从午夜时分到清晨6点之间,飓风横扫英格兰的东南角,风速高达每小时160公里。because;because of 二者均表示“因为”,区别是:
because是从属连词引导原因状语从句;而because of是一个合成介词,其后接名词、代词、动名词或what从句组成介词短语。如:
I went back not because of the rain,but because I was tired.我回去不是因为下雨,而是因为我累了。Her face turned red because of what he said.他的话使她脸红了。
become experienced at对……有经验 experienced adj.有经验的,老练的 be experienced in
He’s very experienced in money matters.experience n.经验,体验(in(of)/doing)
My father has ten year’s experience in teaching.beeline n.两地之间的直线;捷径(指蜜蜂采蜜后径直飞向蜂房,这条路叫beeline)
(1)make a beeline for sb./sp.走近路;走直路;向……直行
As soon as the meeting was over, he made a beeline for the pub.会议一结束,他就直接上了酒吧。
If you want to catch up with them, you’d better make a beeline for them.如果你想赶上他们,你最好抄近路去。
(2)in a beeline 成直线地,笔直地
The pupils went to the museum in a beeline.孩子们直接走向博物馆。
believe in(=trust/trust in)信赖;信任;信仰
Tom is honest.I believe in him.汤姆很诚实,我信赖他。
He doesn’t believe in anybody in the world.在这个世界上,他不相信任何人。
We believe in socialism.我们信仰社会主义。①We believe in Marxism.②You can believe in him.③We believe in our government.对比:believe sb.相信某人的话是真的。
I believe what he said this time though he often tells lies.尽管他经常撒谎,可这次我相信他的话是真的。
belong to属于
无被动结构,也不用进行时态。下列单词和词组也无被动形式:appear, disappear, happen, take place, break out等。
The house belongs to him.这所房子归他所有。The
高考英语复习知识点概要
book belongs to my deskmate.这本书是我同位的。besides 作为副词,意思是“还有,而且”(moreover),常放在句首。如:
I don ‘t want to go out for a walk.Besides, I’m feeling tired.beyond,prep.(场所)在(向)……的一边,越过……,(程度)超出;(时间),超过(Δ常用于否定句);除……之外,……以外。
①Go about 200 metres beyond the house and you will find the hotel on the left.②I want to buy a bag beyond these clothes.blow
①用作动词,表示“吹风,刮风”。如:
blow hard(strongly)风刮得很大;blow away the leaves吹走树叶;blow down(over)trees 把树刮倒;blow in much dust吹进灰尘;blow off one’s hat吹掉帽子;blow out the candle吹灭蜡烛;blow open(风吹)开;blow up爆炸 ②用作名词,表示“打击,一击”。如:be a great blow to sb.对某人是个巨大的打击;give sb.a heavy blow on the head重重地打某人的头。【应用】完成句子
①他妻子之死对他是一大打击。His wife’s death was _______ _________ ________ ______him.②我那顶帽子被风吹掉了。I _______my hat __________ ___________.③风刮得厉害,门吹开了。The wind was ________ __________ and the door ________.④战士们把敌人的大桥炸毁了。The soldiers __________ __________the enemy’s bridge.Key:①a ,great, blow, to
②had, blown, off③blowing, hard, blew, open
④blew, up block
①用作名词,意为“块;街区;阻塞。”如: a block of ice/stone/wood 一大块冰/石头/木头;two blocks两个街区;a block in traffic/a traffic block交通堵塞。
②用作动词,表示“阻塞,阻拦”。如: be blocked by the heavy snow被大雪堵塞,block the entrance 堵塞入口;Block!(路标)此路不通!【应用】完成句子
①道路被人群挤得水泄不通。The road_______ _______with crowds of people.②那家旅馆同这里隔着两条街。The hotel is __________ _________ __________.③他们用石块将洞口堵住。They ________(up)the entrance to the cave with big rocks.④有人在妨碍我们实施计划。Someone is _________our plan.Key:①was, blocked
②two, blocks,away③blocked ④blocking 倍数的表示法
1)…times as…as“……是……的几倍”;
Asia is four times as large as Europe.亚洲的大小是欧洲的4倍。
2)…times +形容词/副词比较级+that:
The new building is four times higher than the old one.新楼比旧楼高4倍。
3)…times+the size/height/length/depth+of…
The earth is 49 times the size of the moon.地球是月亮大小的49倍。
The ball is twice the width of our classroom.舞厅是我们教室宽度的2倍。4)…times+what从句:
The production now is three times what it was ten years ago.现在的生产是10年前的3倍。[应用]选择正确答案
①After the new technique was introduced,the factory produced_____tractors in 1988 as the year before.(MET’90)
A.as twice many
B.as many twiceC.twice as many
D.twice many as
②The population of China is_____than that of America.A.larger five times B.five times larger C.five times as D.as five times Key:①C ②B
begin(…)with…从……开始(…)
①Knowledge begins with practice.知识来自实践。②Let’s begin(this unit)with the words and expressions.咱们从单词和短语开始学(这个单元)。besides/except/but
besides用作介词时,表示“除……以外还有”之意,即所除去的东西要包括在内。用作副词时,表示“此外,而且”
except表了“除……之外”所除去的东西不包括在内。
but只能用在no,all,nobody,anything,anywhere等词之后。
如:Besides knowing some Greek,she was fluent in Italian.她除了懂些希腊语之外,意大利语也说得很流利。
Do you play other games besides tennis?除网球之外,你还进行其他的运动吗?
高考英语复习知识点概要
It wasn’t a good hotel;besides,it was very expensive.这不是一家好旅馆,况且房价也很贵。
Harrison had thought of everything except the weather.哈利森什么事情都考虑到了,惟独没有考虑到天气。
Under the soil there is nothing except/but sand.土壤下面只有沙子。
比较级 + and + 比较级
more and more countries 越来越多的国家;fewer and fewer students越来越少的学生;less and less time 越来越少的时间;more and more beautiful越来越漂亮;get thinner and thinner 变得越来越瘦;fly higher and higher 飞得越来越高;run more and more slowly跑得越来越慢,become stronger and stronger 越来越强大;[应用]汉译英
①越来越多的人认识到学好一门外语的重要性。②飞机飞得越来越高直到看不见了。Key: ①More and more people realize the importance of learning a foreigh language well.②The plane flew higher and higher until it was out of sight.表示“大约”
about,around,some,or so均可来表示“大约”。前三个词通常放在被修饰成分之前,而or so多置于其后。如:
about one hundred students大约100名学生; at around eight o’cloch在大约八点钟; some twenty years ago 大约二十年前; [应用]一句多用:这件设备重10吨左右。
Key:This piece of equipment weighs some 10 tons.This piece of equipment weighs 10 tons or so.This piece of equipment weighs about(around)10 tons.表示“决心、决定做”的几个用法 1)decide to do 决定做
We decided to put off the trip to the U.S.我们决定推迟美国之行。
2)make a decision to do :
He has made a decision to buy a new computer.他已决定买一台新电脑。
3)make up one’s mind to do
The doctor made up his mind to go abroad for further education.那位医生决定出国深造。4)determine to do
We have determined to get the work done before National Day.我们已决定国庆节前完成这项工作。5)be determined to do
He is determined to give up smoking.他决心戒烟。6)decide that……(从句中动词用should + 动词原形)
We decided that we should widen the road.我们决定拓宽这条路。
[应用]一句多译:这位年轻科学家决心继续自己的研究。Key:
The young scientist was determined to go on with his research./He determined to go on with his research./He
decided that he should go on with his research./He made up
his mind to go on with his research./He made a decision to go on with his research./He decided to go on with his research.表示“宁愿、想要某人做某事” 下列句型均可表示“宁愿、想让某人作某事”:would like sb.to do sth.;would prefer sb.to do sth.;like sb.to do sth;want sb.to do sth.;would rather that sb.did sth.对比:would like/love to do sth.喜欢、宁愿做某事;prefer to do sth.宁愿做;would rather do sth.宁愿做;would like/love not to do sth.不想做;would rather not do sth.宁愿不做……;prefer not to do sth.不想做;would rather do sth.than do sth.宁愿做某事而不做某事;p11refer to do sth.rather than do sth.宁愿做某事而不做某事。[应用]①一句多译
我想让我儿子学医。②选择正确的答案
Little Jim should love_______to the theatre this evening.(MET’92)
A.to be taken
B.to take C.being taken D.taking Key:
I would like my son to study medicine./I’d love my son to
study medicine,/ I would rather that my son studied medicine./ I like my son to study medicine./I want my son to study medicine./I would rather that my son studied medicine.②A
表示态度、语气的短语归纳
generally speaking一般说来;strictly speaking严格说来;honestly speaking诚实地说来;personally speaking就我个人而言;exactly speaking准确地说来。to tell you the truth说实话;to be honest老实说;believe it or not信不信由你;judging from his
高考英语复习知识点概要
appearance从他的相貌来说 [应用]完成句子
①严格说来,加拿大英语和美国英语并不完全一样。_____ ____,Canadian English is not just the same as
American English.②老实说我不赞同你的想法。_______ _______ ________,I can’t agree to your idea.③一般地说,青年人喜欢流行音乐。___________,young people enjoy pop music.Key:①Strictly,speaking②To,be,honest③Generally, speaking 表示“没必要做某事”的4种 句型
①There be no need(for sb.)to do sth.②It be not necessary(for sb.)to do sth.③主语+don’t/ doesn’t/ didn’t have to do sth.④主语+needn’t+动词原形
[应用]一句多译:我们没有必要再等了。Key:There is no need for us to wait.It’s not necessary for us to wait.We don’t have to wait.We need not wait.表示“祝愿”的几种句型
①名词短语(+to you):Happy birthday to you!祝你生日快乐。
Best wishes for Teachers’Day.祝教师节愉快。②All the best.祝万事如意。
All the best with your family.祝全家好。
All the best in your study/business.祝你学习/事业顺利。
③主语+wish+sb.+名词/形容词 I wish you happy.我祝你幸福。
We wish you greater progres.我们祝你取得更大进步。
④I hope+that 从句:
I hope you’ll enjoy being with us.我们希望你和我们在一起很高兴。
⑤部分祈使句也可表祝愿:
Remember me to your family.代我向你全家问好。Send best wishes to him.向他问好。break 小结
break 一词常用搭配有:
(1)break out(战争、火灾、争吵、瘟疫等)爆发 A big fire broke out in the city last week.(2)break away from 脱离
A carriage(车厢)broke away from the train.(3)break the law 违反法律
Who breaks the law will be punished by the law.(4)break in 破门而入;打断
He broke in to say that he was not interested in what I was talking about.(5)break down 损坏;中断
Her fridge has broken down for a long time.(6)break off 打断;结束;暂停
They were arguing(争论)but broke off when someone came into the room.(7)break into闯入;侵入
Thieves broke into my house when I was out.break off
该短语动词的意思是“中断说话”,“暂时停止”。如:
He broke off in the middle of a sentence.break sth.off/break off sth.with sb.前者意为“(使)折断”,后者意为“与某人突然断绝(关系)”。如:
The mast broke off /was broken off when the ship was moving.break out(战争、火灾、疾病、瘟疫等的)爆发 ①The American Civil War broke out in 1861.②Fire broke out in the neighbour last night.break out in(into)…忽然(做出)…… break out in laughter突然放声大笑 break in(强盗等)强行闯入
break into闯入;打碎(打破)成…… break up 分开,分割 bring短语归纳
bring down(风)刮倒,降低(降落);bring up 养大,呕吐;bring about带来,引起;bring along捎来,带来,bring back 归还;bring out 拿出;bring in 赚(钱),带进,传入;bring on 端上(饭菜),引起(火灾),使……成长; [应用]副词填空
①He felt terribly ill and brought ______ what he ate.②Surely the new railway will bring __ many changes in this less developed area.③Next time you come to China, be sure to bring ______your friends.④All the library books must be brought_______ before June20.⑤Selling newspapers brings ______ enough money for my schooling.⑥Enough water can bring the rice _______.Key: ①up ②about ③along ④back ⑤in ⑥on bring/take/fetch(get)/carry
①bring向着说话人的地方“带来;拿来”。②take由说话人的地方“带走;拿去”。
高考英语复习知识点概要
③fetch(get)由说话人的地方“去拿来、带来”,指往返双程。
④carry“携带;搬运;运送”,无方向性。
bring in
把……拿进来;收获;赚入……;获利 They bring in one million dollars a year from their new company.broadcast vt.;vi.广播;播放。过去式和过去分词均为broadcast。
①The BBC broadcasts every day.BBC每天都广播。②The news was broadcast on the radio.这个消息是收音机里播送的。burst into tears 该动宾短语,理解的重点是不及物动词burst的意思及其分词或副词连用的结构形式和意思。burst是及物动词或不及物动词,意为“(使)爆破”,“胀破”。如:
①He put too much air into the balloon and it burst.②The funny joke made the children burst their sides with laughing.burst由原意引伸出表示空发性的动作,意为“突然发生”,“突然发作”。常构成一些短语,如: burst into tears/laughter(突然大哭/大笑)burst into song(突然唱起歌来)burst into angry speech(大发雷庭)burst into bloom(开花)burst into view/sight(景象,奇观的)突然出现 burst into the room(闯入房间)burst out/forth laughing(捧腹大笑)burst out/forth crying(突然大哭)
如:On hearing the sad news, she burst into tears.Busy be busy doing sth.该结构意为“忙于做某事”。应注意的是be busy 后只能接动词-ing形式,不能接动词不定式to do,相同结构的形容词还有worth。如: ①He is busy writing his composition.②She keeps busy working on a new novel these weeks.③This book is well worth seeing.but prep.除…之外。与except同义,除了的部分与其他部分不在一个范围内,不具有一致性。except适用场合较多,but 主要用于带有nothing/nobody/no one/all 等不定代词的句子。①No one except/but you was late.除你之外没有迟到。(你迟到了)
②We all went to see a film yesterday evening except/but you.除你之外作天晚上我们都去看电影了。(你没去)③That window is open except in winter.除冬天外
那窗户一直开着。(冬天不开)另外,but后可接不不定式。如果句子前面有实义动词do及其变化形式时,不定式不带to;否则不定式带to.①I did nothing yesterday evening but watch TV.昨天晚上除看电视外我什么也没干。
②He had no choice but to leave.他只得离开。
注意:besides 也是介词,意为“除……之外(还有)”。除了的部分和其他部分在同一个范围内,具有一致性。
①We all went to see a film yesterday evening besides you.除你之外昨天晚上我们也都去看电影了。(你和我们都去了)
②Who is going there with Tom besides you? 除你之外还有谁和汤姆一起去? but for
该短语介词意为“要不是……”,后接名词(=without + n.),but for…短语相当于一个虚拟条件句,因此,句中谓语动词用虚拟语气。如: The boy would have drowned but for your help.如果接的是句子,but for要换用成but that… 如:
He would have helped us but that he was short of money at the time.(= if it had not been the fact that he was…)Buy
“我的金项链花了2500元”有多种译法:
by prep.乘……。用来表示方式,其后的名词为单数,且不加冠词。例如 by bike/bus/ car /taxi/train//road/railway/land/boat/ship/ water/ sea/ plane/air 但:“步行”用on foot.注意:若表示交通工具的名词前有限定词,则将by 改作in 或on.in one’s/the car/ bus/plane etc.on the bike by name
该介宾词组的意思是“名叫……”;“凭名字”。如: ①He met a man, John by name.②I knew him only by name.by one’s first marriage 通过或由于某人的第一次婚姻
高考英语复习知识点概要
介词by有许多含义,在此处意为“通过”,相当于through。
He left by the first train.他乘第一次列车离开了。
The electricity supply is operated by a switch.供电由一个开关控制。
by the age of/at the age of,by到……时为止。表示的是一段时间,句子通常用完成时态。at在……时候。表示的是具体时间点,句子通常用一般时态。
①By the age of ten,he had learned to play the piano.10岁的时候,他就学会了弹钢琴。
②He was very clever.and at the age of 15 he went to college.他非常聪明,15岁时上大学了。
③By the end of this term,we’ll have learned 2000 English words.到本学期末,我们将学会2000个英语单词。
④At the end of this term,we’ll hold an English party.在本学期末,我们 将举行一次英语晚会.call 短语
动词.call所构成的短语很多,现将在中学课上的常出现的由call所构成短语的意义和用法列出。(1)call at 指短期访问某地:顺便去某处。
We called at the park when we stayed in the city.我们在那个城市时顺便去了那个公园。(2)call on的意思“正式拜访某人”;此外,它还有“号召”之意。如:
They called on the famous scientist.他们拜访了那个著名科学家。
The Party calls on us to learn from Comrade Lei Feng.党号召我们向雷锋同志学习。(3)call to“大声呼唤、招呼、呼求”。如:
They called to us for help.他们向我们呼求援助。(4)call for可作“要求、需要、提倡”,还可作“邀约”解。如:
This is a problem that calls for immediate solution.这是个要求立即解决的问题。I’ll call for you then and we go there together.到时我来叫你,我们一起去哪儿。
(5)call in有“召来、召请、召进”之意。
You’d better call in a doctor.你最好请一位医生来。(6)此外,call back有“叫回来、收回”之意;call off有“叫出去、叫走”之意;call after可作“追在后面叫喊”和“以某人的名字命名”之意。can/may/must表推测的用法
can, may, must等都可用于表推测,但它们的含义和用法不同。must语气最肯定,指“一定、必定”,只用于肯定句中。“must+动词原形”表示对现在情况的推测;“must + have + done ”表示对过去情况的推测。如:
Mum must be cooking supper now.妈妈现在一定在做晚饭。
He must have finished his work.他一定完成他的工作了。
May/might表示“或许,可能”。如:
Tom may go abroad next year.汤姆明年可能要出国。
She might have finished the work.她可能已完成这项工作了。He can’t know the answer.他不可能知道这个答案。can/could表示“可能,会”,我用于否定和疑问句中。如:
Could she he at home?她可能在家吗?
can,表示一时的情况,意为“有时侯会……”。can的这种用法,只用在肯定句中。如: Children are lovely, but they can be tiring.Training by yourself in a game can be highly dangerous.carry短语归纳
carry away拿走,带走;carry on(with)one’s work继续工作;carry on a struggle/fight 开展斗争;carry on a big business经营大生意;carry out a plan/order/promise/instructions/one’s duty/an experiment/advices/tests执行计划/执行命令/履行诺言/执行指示/履行职责/做实验/按建议办/进行试验;be carried up into space被发射升空。[应用]介、副词填空
①It’s often easier to make plans than it is to carry them______.②Let’s stop here.We’ll carry________ the conversation tomorrow.③Carry the baby _______.It’s dangerous here.④Rising costs made it hard to carry ________ the business.⑤They decided to carry ________ though the weather was bad.Key:①out ②on ③away ④on ⑤on carry out 搬出;进行,实行,执行
①Would you please carry the chairs out? The plan should be carried out at once.It was important to carry out the work quickly.赶快进行这些工作是重要的。
He did not carry out his promise to us.对我们他没有实现他的诺言。
高考英语复习知识点概要
用out构成的短语:look out向外看,小心work out算出来,实行。
leave out遗漏,忽视
take/bring out拿出来 thinking out想出
hold out伸出,支持,抵抗到底 case用法小结
(1)名词case的词意 ①意为“情形、情况”。
If that’s the case, you’ll have to work much harder.如果是那种情形的话,你将不得不更加努力地工作。
②意为“病例、案例”。
There were seven cases of cholera.有7起霍乱的病例。
The civil case will be heard in court next week.这一案件将于下星期审理。③意为“箱、盒、容器”。
John bought a case of beer.约翰买了一箱啤酒。(2)由case构成的短语
①in case意为“因为可能发生某事、以防万一”,是介词短语,在句中作状语,常可置于句尾;也可用做连词,后跟that从句(that常省略),表示条件或目的,从句谓语习惯用should+动词原形(should常省略)或陈述语气。
It may rain—you’d better take an umbrella(just)in case(it does).可能下雨——你最好带把雨伞,以防万一。
In case(=If)he arrives before I get back, please ask him to wait.如果他在我回来之前到,请让他等一下。
He doesn’t dare to leave the house in case(that)he should be recognized.他不敢出门,生怕被认出来。②in that case意为“既然那样、假若是那样的话”,用来承接上文。
In that case, you wouldn’t have a pan on fire.You’d have a house on fire!要是那样,你就不光使锅着火,你还会把房子烧起来。
You don’t like the job? In that case why don’t you leave?你不喜欢这份工作?那你怎么不辞掉呢? He may be late.In that case we ought to wait for him.他可能迟到,因此我们应该等他。③in any case意为“无论如何、总之”。
We have to help him to pay the debt in case.我们无论如何要帮他还债。
④in no case意为“在任何情形下决不、无论如何都不”,用于句首时句子要进行部分倒装。
In no case shall I forget the expression on her face.我决不会忘记她脸上的表情。⑤in case of sth.意为“若发生某事、如果、假如”,是短语介词,后接名词、代词、-ing形式作宾语。In case of fire, ring the alarm bell.遇火警时立即按警铃。
In case of rain(=In case it rains),they can’t go.要是下雨,他们就走不了了。
In case of his being absent, we’ll put off the meeting till next week.如果他缺席,我们就会把会议推迟到下周。
⑥in the case of意为“至于、就……来说”,是短语介词。
In the case of your debt, I’ll pay it off for you.至于你的欠款,我会替你还清的。catch fire;on fire catch fire 意为“着火”,表示动作。on fire 意为“着火、在燃烧”,表示状态。如: Suddenly a pan of oil catches fire.Soon the whole floor was on fire and it was impossible for people on the floors above to escape.cause n.(大家为之奋斗的)事业
Helping the poor is a worthy cause.帮助穷人是一项有价值的事业。
World peace is the cause he works for.世界和平是他为之奋斗的事业。
cause v.导致,引起
1)接名词:cause an accident/trouble/death/a fire/a serious illness/damage引起事故/惹麻烦/导致死亡/引起大火/导致重病/造成损害
2)接双宾语:cause sb.pain/trouble/damage给某人带来痛苦/麻烦/损害
3)接复合宾语:cuase sb.to do sth使某人做某事 The sound caused me to jump back.那声音吓得我向后退。
[应用]完成句子
①什么使她改变了计划?
What _______ _______ ______ _______her plan? ②地震使所有的楼房倒塌了。
The earthquake ________ all the buildings ________ _______.Key:①caused,her,to,change ②cuased,to,fall certain某(些),仅作形容词用法。①He didn’t come for a certain reason.②A certain person called on me yesterday.③She will do it on certain conditions.some 也可以作此意讲,但前面无冠词 ①He is living at some place in East Africa.高考英语复习知识点概要
②I’ve read that story before in some book of other.chance
1)用于短语:
give sb.a chance给某人一次机会; have a chance to do sth.有机会做; miss a chance错过机会; lose a chance失去机会; 2)用于句型:
The chance is that…/ The chances are that…表示“有可能……”(句型中的The和That 可省略)。如: The chance is(that)she’s already heard the news.可能她已听到那则消息了。
Chances are that the new machine will arrive tomorrow.新机器可能明天到。
3)后接of 或that从句表示“可能性”。如: He has no chance of winning the match.他不可能赢得这次比赛。
There is a chance that I will see him.我有可能见到他。
[应用]一句多译: 那里有可能藏着蛇。
The chances are that there is a snake over there.There is a chance of a snake hiding there.There is a chance that a snake is over there.change one’s mind
该动宾词组意为“改变主意”,其中mind常用单数形式。如:
If one always change one’s mind, he succeeds in nothing.check out清点;结账;核实;检查;开票提款
Ask him to check the information out for us.请他为我们核实一下信息。
We’d better check the whole room out in case it has been bugged.我们最好检查一下整个房间以免有蛀虫。
The trainees checked out all right.这些培训学员完全合格。
She checked out 6000 dollars.她提款6000美元。come true成为现实、实现
表示变化过程的系动词有:become,get,turn,而be表状态
区别:①He became(get,turned)angry when hearing the news.听到那消息他生气了。(从不……到生气)②He was angry, because he heard some bad news.他生气是因为听到不好的消息。常用的单位量词
a piece of diary一则日记;a sheet of paper 一张纸;a suit
of clothes一套服装;an article of clothing一件衣服;a crowd
of people一群人;a basin of water 一盆水;a block of wood一块木头;a cake of soap 一块肥皂;a bottle of ink一瓶墨水;a grain of sand 一粒沙子;a group of tall trees 一片高树;a team of players一队运动员;a copy of China Youth 一分《中国青年》;a drop of oil 一滴油;a loaf of bread一块面包;a pack of cigarettes一包烟;a pair of socks一双短袜;a tin of beer一罐啤酒;a set of equipment一套设备;a bucket of water一桶水;a couple of eggs两个鸡蛋;a pile of old books 一堆旧书;a bowl of rice 一碗米饭;a handful of sand一把(少量的)沙 注意:上述单位量词本身具有复数形式,亦可被具体数字修饰,句中的谓语多用复数形式。[应用]汉译英
①搬家时成堆的旧书被卖掉。②三条重要新闻刊登在头版。
Key:①Piles of old books were sold when we moved.②Three pieces of important news were printed in the front page.常用合成形容词构成形式;
(1)adj+n.+ed:cold-blooded冷血的middle-aged中年的simple-minded头脑简单的,纯朴的 The white-haired girl was named Xi’er.那个白毛女叫喜儿。
The milddle-aged woman is warm-hearted and is always willing to help others.那位中年妇女是个热心肠,总是乐意助人
(2)n.+pres.p.(现在分词):English-speaking说英语的man-eating吃人的
(3)n.+ adj:snow-white雪白的world-famous世界闻名的
(4)num.(数词)+n.+ed:four-legged四条腿的nine-storeyed九层的
(5)n.+ past p.(过去分词):man-made人造的(6)adj.+ pres.p.:good-looking好看的(7)adv.+ past.P.:well-known著名的 chief/ main
两者都有“主要的”、“首要的”之意,但有区别。chief 主要用于人,表示“为首的,有最高地位或权力的”。
main一般说明事与物,可指某些具体的或抽象的东西。如:
He is the chief policeman.他是警长。
This is our main teaching building.这是我们的主教学楼。
高考英语复习知识点概要
clear
(1)用作形容词,表示“清楚的,明白的”。如: in a clear voice以清楚的声音;
be clear about sth.对……清楚,明白; be clear to sb.对某人来说很清楚;
make one’s meaning clear 说明自己的意思;
注意两个句型:A:make it clear that…声明,说明;B.It’s(was)clear that…很明显(清楚)……。(2)用作动词,表示“清除,清理,使干净”。如: clear one’s room/a table/a street/the desk 整理房间/收拾桌子/清扫大街/整理书桌;
clear away the dishes/waste把餐碟收走/把垃圾清除(3)clear up 的三个意义: A.表示“清理,收拾,解决”。如:
The dustmen were busy clearing up the snow on the road.清洁工正在清除路上的积雪。
This book has cleared up many problems for me.这本书给我解决了许多难题。B.表示“(天气)转晴”。如:
It’s snowing now, but I think it will clear up soon.现在正在下雨,但是我想天气很快会晴的。C.表示“露出喜悦的心情”。如: Her face cleared up as she read the letter.她看信的时候面露喜色。[应用]完成句子
①她对下一步干什么十分清楚。
She is _________ _________what to do next.②很清楚敌人是不会放弃他们的计划的。
________ _______ _______that the enemy wouldn’t give up their plan.③他明确表示他要离职。
He _________ _________ ________that he would leave office.④在离开办公室以前,请把你的桌子整理一下。_________ ________your desk before you leave the office.Key:①clear,about
②It, is, clear
③make , it clear
④Clear,up clear up(天气)放晴,使明了,收拾整理,解决,了结
The sky cleared up just after the rain.雨过天晴。
Don’t expect me to clear up after you.别期望我在你后面收拾东西。(收拾不要的东西)
The police haven’t cleared up the murder case.警察还没查清那件谋杀案。
His face cleared up as she heard the news.(引申义)听到这个消息她脸上露出喜悦之情。
对比:clean up打扫干净,整理,获利,赚钱
The students cleaned up the classroom after class.(打扫干净)下课后学生们打扫教室。cloth;clothes;dress
cloth指做衣服等用的“衣料、布”。一般作不可数名词。如:
I put a piece of wet cloth around my face and lay on the floor for about two hours.注:用于表达特殊用途的布,如“桌布、抹布”等时,cloth用做可数名词。如: He washed a table cloth just now.clothes意为“衣服”,总是以复数形式出现,泛指身上穿的各部分衣着,包括上衣、裤子、内衣、背心等。如:Look at these clothes.They are on Mrs Green’s clothes line.注意:(1)“一件衣服”不可说 a clothes, 应说 an article of clothing;“一套衣服”可说a suit(set)of clothes.(2)clothes 前不可直接用数词修饰,如不可说three clothes.(3)clothes 前可用these, those, the, many, few修饰,口语中可用much, little修饰。
(4)chothes作主语时,谓语动词只能用复数形式。dress 可用于可数和不可数名词,用于可数名词时,常指妇女、儿童服装、内衣或外衣等公共场合穿的衣服。用于不可数名词时,统指“衣服”。该词可作动词,意为“给……穿衣”。如: What colour is Mrs Green’s dress?
He could not wash himself or get dressed.combine;connect;join;unite 此组动词意为“联合、连接”。combine意为“结合、联合”,指为了某一目的而把两事物结合在一起。如:
We must combine theory with practice.我们必须把理论和实践联系起来。
He combines botany with chemistry.他把植物学和化学联系起来了。connect“连接”,指用东西把两事物连接在一起,或两事物直接相连,二者仍保持原状。
The two cities are connected by a railway.两座城市由铁路相连。
He connected the gas stove with gas pipe.他把煤气和接在煤气炉上。join意为“连接”,指以线、绳、桥等把两物或两地连接在一起,和connect意思相近,也可指两物互相紧密相接。如:
We had better join the island to the mainland with a
高考英语复习知识点概要
steel bridge.我们最好建一座钢筋桥把这个岛与大陆连接起来。
Where does this stream join the Changjiang River?这条河和长江在哪里会合? unite意为“联合”,指两种以上的事物结合为一体,有合二为一的意味,强调结合后的统一性。
The two companies will unite into one.这两家公司将合并成一家。
The whole family united to help him.全家齐心协力帮助他。
come about: happen 产生;发生。相当于不及物动词,和happen, take place一样无被动语态。
①How did this accident come about ?这事故怎么发生的?
②I don’t know how the quarrel came about.我不知道怎么发生的争吵。
come across=meet with(meet…by chance/accident)无意中碰到,找到,想到
Perhaps I shall come across him somewhere in the park.也许我会在公园的某个地方遇到他。
He came suddenly across an idea.他突然有了一个好主意。
come down下来,流传下来,倒塌,没落,病倒,减价
The song comes down to us from the 10th century.(流传下来)
这首歌是从10世纪流传到我们这一代的。
The roof of the house came down during the night.我听说计算机要降价。come out come out是本单元需要掌握的一个重点词语,现在我们对它们的用法作一比较全面的了解。(1)come out(= be published)出来;出版
I’ll let you have a copy of my book as soon as it comes out.我的书一出版我就送你一本。(2)come out(= to bloom)长出;发芽;开花;(使)开花;(使)繁盛
Spring comes, the trees turn green and flowers come out.春天来了,树变绿了,花儿开了。(3)come out(= to appear)出现;出来
Ever since then, the bat comes out only at night.从那时起,蝙幅只在晚上出来。
(4)come out(= to win…)获得(名次)
I came out first in the examination.我考试得了第一名。
(5)come out(= to become known)传出,公之于众;(秘密)泄露 The truth will come out some day.总有一天会真相大白的。
(6)come out(= to be seen, as in a photograph)(在相片等中)显示;被看见
Mary always comes out well in photos.玛丽总是很上相。
(7)come out(= to be developed)冲印;冲洗
The boss said that the photos had been come out for a long time.老板说照片已经冲印出来很久了。
(8)come out(= to be removed;disappear)去掉;消失 Would you please help me to make the ink in my shirt come out?你能帮我把衬衣上的墨水渍去掉吗?
(9)come out(to be on strike;to refuse to work)罢工 The workers came out for a pay raise.工人们为增加工资而罢工。
(10)come out(= to end in the stated way)后来发现;结果是
The answer to the question came out wrong.这个问题的答案后来发现是错误的。
(11)come out(= to express clearly)(意思)表达清楚 The meaning of his speech did not come out well.他讲话的意思不很清楚。
(12)come out(= to be counted)算出来;总计
The total expense(花费)comes out at 5000 yuan.总开支达五千元。come to light 发现,暴露(= be discovered / exposed /found out / be brought to light)
Much more new evidence has come to light(has been discovered/has been exposed/has been brought to light),so the judges have to sentence the man to death.新的证据不断被发现,所以法官们不得不判这个人死刑。
When the old woman died, it came to light that she was actually very rich.老太婆死后,人们才发现她其实很富有。common adj.共同的;一般的;公共的
A great interest in music was common to them.他们对音乐都有共同的强列的兴趣。
The common people in those days suffered a lot.当时一般民众生活都很苦。
We work for the common good.我们为了公共利益而工作。
common ,ordinary
二者都有“普通的,平常的”的意思,但侧重点不同。ordinary侧重表示“外表平凡,平平常常”;而common指“普遍存在,经常碰到”。对比:
高考英语复习知识点概要
in ordinary dress穿着平常的衣服; in an ordinary way以通常的方式;
an ordinary – looking man相貌平常的人; an ordinary event平常的一件事; common excuse常用的借口;
common knowledge常识;common people普通人,老百姓;
have a bathroom in common合用洗澡间。[应用]完成句子
①那是一首普通的舞曲。It was a piece of______dance music.②这种天气在南方是很常见的。This sort of weather is quite _________in the south.③这弟兄两个没有什么共同之处。These two brothers have nothing ________ _________.Key:①ordinary ②common ③in common communicate v.(1)vt.传达,传送,传染
communicate information/feelings/news…to sb.把信息、感情、消息……传递/传达给某人
I’ll communicate the news to you directly.我会直接把消息传达给你。
(2)vi.通讯,通话
communicate with sb.(by)用……与某人联络/沟通
We communicate with each other by telephone/letter.我们用电话/信件彼此沟通。
拓展:communication n.[u]通讯[c]消息pl.通讯系统
Radio and television are important means of communication.收音机和电视机是信息交流的重要工具。
Communications satellite helps the human a lot in many ways.通讯卫星在很多方面对人类有很大的帮助。
complete, finish 二个词都有“完成”之意,但complete更突出使一切完备、没有欠缺、多指完成工程、设计等。而finish是一般用语。常用短语有:complete the work完成工作;complete the new railway 修完铁路;complete one’s collection of stamps完备集邮;finish one’s homework/middle school/writing the article 完成作业/中学毕业/写完文章。
注意:complete还可用作形容词,意为“完全的,彻底的、完成了的”。completely 是副词,“完全地、彻底地”。如:a complete sentence/strange/success/failure完整的句子/完全陌生/完全成功/彻底的失败。This job is completely new to me.这项工作对我来说是完全陌生的。[应用]单句改错
①You have to finish to read the whole passage in five minutes.②Professor Smith has been complete successful in working out the problem.Key:①改to read为reading,因为finish后只能接动名词。②改complete为completely。congratulate v.祝贺,庆贺
常用短语:congratulate sb.on / upon sth./ doing sth.为某事向某人祝贺
congratulate oneself that…因……而自己庆幸
congratulations常用于祝贺语,后可接on,也可单独用。
I’d like to congratulate you on your success.对你的成功我表示祝贺。
I’d like to offer my congratulations on your success.对你的成功我表示祝贺。
You really should congratulate yourself on your appearance.(= You really should congratulate that you are so handsome.)你真该为自己的外表而庆幸。
对比:celebrate sth.庆贺某事
We’ll celebrate the New Year with a dance party.我们将举行跳舞晚会以庆贺新年。
拓展:in celebration of… 庆祝……
hold a celebration举行庆祝(会)congratulate, congratulations
①congratulate是动词,作“祝贺、庆祝”解时,必须以被祝贺的人作宾语,构成:congratulate sb.on sth./doing sth.表示“祝贺某人……”。另外:congratulate oneself表示“庆幸,感到幸运”。如: We congratulated him on his success/his having succeeded.我们祝贺他的成功。
I congratulated myself on having escaped unhurt.我因自己幸免于难而感到幸运。
②congratulation是名词,多用作复数形式。注意下列用法:
Congratulations!(单独使用)祝贺你!
Congratulations on your success对你的成功我表示祝贺。
Congratulations to everybody!祝贺大家!
Please accept my congratulations on your birthday.请接受我对你的生日祝贺。[应用]选择正确答案
We offered him our congratulations
him passing the college entrance exams.(MET’93)A.at
B.on
C.for
D.of
高考英语复习知识点概要
connect连接,把……联系起来
(1)vt.The road connects London and Edinburgh.这条路把伦敦和爱丁堡连在一起。
The two cities are connected by a canal.这两座城市由运河连在一起。
A good student must connect what he reads with and what he sees around him.一个好学生必须把他所读的与所见的联系起来。
(2)be connected with与……有关系;与……有亲戚关系
She is connected with the Smiths.她与史密斯家有亲戚关系。
对比:join…to…
Every family is joined to the world by Internet.每个家庭由网络与世界联系在一起。connect vt.;vi.连接;联系。
①He connected the two speakers to(with)the recorder.他把两个喇叭同录音机相连。
②Many people connect China with the Great Wall.许多人把中国与长城联系在一起。consider用法小结
consider是个很常用的动词,其意义不同,句型结构也不同。我们在学习中要特别注意。
(1)作“仔细考虑、深思熟虑”解,consider可作不及物动词或及物动词。
作及动词时,后可接名词、代词、动名词作宾语,不能接动词不定式,但可以接疑问词+不定式,相当于宾语从句。例如:
Consider carefully before you decide.你要慎重考虑后再做决定。
They considered your suggestion.他们仔细考虑了你的建议。
He is considering studying abroad.他在考虑出国留学。
We are considering how to help them.我们在考虑如何帮助他们。
(2)作“将……视为、认为、以为”解。
①可用consider+名词+(to be)名词(形容词)或consider+名词+as+名词(形容词)结构,但当不定式为行为动词时,不能省略,不可用于进行时。这样用时相当于that引导宾语从句。例如:
He considers himself(to be)clever(=as clever).=He considers that he is clever.他认为自己很聪明。I consider him(to be)my closest friend(as my closest friend).=I consider(that)he is my closest friend.我把他视为我最亲密的朋友。
He is considered to have invented the first computer.他被认为是最早发明计算机的人。②还可用于consider+it(形式宾语)+形容词+不定式结构。例如:
I consider it wrong for students to smoke.我认为学生抽烟是不对的。consider的用法:①You should consider the question.你应该考虑这个问题。②跟从句
He began to consider when he would get married他开始考虑什么时侯结婚的事情。③跟疑问词 + to do sth.He is considering how to get there in time.他正想怎么能及时赶到那儿。④跟动名词
Who considers answering the question?谁正在考虑回答这个问题? ⑤为……着想
He always considers others before himself他常先为别人着想。
⑥名词为:consideration(不可数)
take sth.into consideration把……考虑在内
If you want to go on holidays in Beijing,you should take the cost into consideration.如果想到北京去度假,你应该考虑费用问题。content
(1)n.内容;目录
He always reads the contents of a book first of all.他读书总是先从目录看起。(2)adj.满足的;甘心的
Are you content with your work?你对你的工作满意吗?
(3)vt.使(某人)满足。
The little boy contented himself with a new toy.那男孩有了新玩具就满足了。continue v.继续
They rain continued for three days.雨连续了3天。They continued their game after lunch.他们午饭后继续比赛。
He continued writing /to write late into the night.他继续写作到深夜。
The weather continued cold.天气持续寒冷。cover盖上;掩盖;占据(时间)(空间),走过(路程);采访。
①My mother covered the baby with a blanket.②She tried to cover the fact that she had been to the place.高考英语复习知识点概要
③I’m covering the accident.create;invent;discover 三者含义相近,但用法不同:(1)create“创造、创作”,指产生出新的东西,其对象往往是精神上的,如艺术、文学作品中的人物及新的科学领域等。例如:
Shakespeare created many famous characters.莎士比亚创造了许多有名的人物。(2)invent“发明”,指创造出原来自然界不存在的东西,如工具、方法、手段、灯泡、汽车、电视、合成材料等。例如:
who invented the telephone?谁发明了电话?
He invented a new teaching method.他发明了一种的教学方法。
(3)discover指“发现或找到”某种自然界本来已存在,但以前未被人类发现或认识的事物,如发现元素、电、煤、石油、铁等矿藏以及新星、星系或科学真理等。例如:
I discovered an unopened letter in the drawer.我在抽屉里发现了一封未拆的信。crowd crowd 可用作名词,表示“人群,群”;用作动词,表示“群集,拥挤”。如: a crowd of children一群孩子;crowds of books 成堆的书;a cheering crowd 欢呼的人群;crowd into 挤进;crowd in 拥入;crowd round围在……的周围;a crowded city/train拥挤的城市/火车;be crowded with 挤满、塞满 [应用]汉译英
①很多村民从大门拥入,院子里很挤。②大厅里挤满了学生。
Key:①Many villagers crowded in through the gate and the yard was crowded.②The hall was crowded with students.cut短语归纳 1)用作动词: get one’s hair cut理发;cut a loaf of bread in two 把一块面包一切为二;cut a figure in stone 雕刻石像;cut the price 降价;cut the article 删节文章;cut down trees 伐树;cut down on smoking减少吸烟;cut in 插嘴,插入,cut in with a few words插嘴讲几句话;cut off a corner切掉一角;cut off electricity切断电源;cut off three sentences删去三个句子;cut out切掉,删掉;cut out the last part of the play把剧本的最后一部分删掉;cut…open切开。
2)用作名词:the cuts on one’s arms 臂上的伤口:make big cuts削减,降价 [应用]介、副词填空 ①Big cuts have been made____the prices of medicine.②The strong wind cut_____the electricity of the whole city.③The chairman spoke so fast that nobody could cut____.④All the trees were cut_____.They will have to answer for their foolish action Key:①in ②off ③in ④down date back to / date from
追溯到(某个时期),起始于(某个时期),从……时候就存在
The tower dates back to 1173.这座塔起始于1173年。
The old church dates from the first century A.d.这座古老的教堂起始于公元1世纪。
My interest in stamp collecting dates from my schooldays.从学生时代起,我对集邮就开始感兴趣。day by day一天天地
day after day日复一日,一天又一天
①Day by day he seems to grow a little stronger.②I have to do this work day after day.deal with,do with
1)二者都可表示“对付,应付,处理,安排”,但deal是不及物动词,可与how连用;而do是及物动词,只与what连用表示上述意义,不能单独使用。对比:We don’t know what to do with the waste materials./We don’t know how to deal with the waste materials.我们不知道怎样处理这此废料。
What’s the best way of dealing with thieves? 对付小偷最好的办法是什么?
(此句中的deal with不可替换成do with)2)deal with还可表示“论述,涉及到;与……相处”等意义,而do with 无此用法。如:
The books dealing with Asian problems sell well in colleges.论述亚洲问题的书在大学里很畅销。That man is easy to deal with.这个人容易相处。[应用]完成句子
①你是怎么处理这类事情的?
_________did you deal with matters of this sort? What did you ________ _________matters of this sort?
②我们要处理的棘手事太多了。
There are too many difficulties for us to _________ ______.Key:①How/ do,with ②deal, with
高考英语复习知识点概要
delight
to one’s delight
该词组意为“使某人高兴”,还可以表达为“to the delight of sb.”。
能这样表达的还有to one’s joy,to one’s surprise,to one’s sorrow等。如:
To my shame, I completely forgot our date.demand ①当可数名词“要求”用
We refused his unreasonable demands.我们拒绝了他的无理要求。②当不可数名词用
There is a great demand for typists but(a)poor demand for clerks.打字员很抢手但是办公室职员几乎没人需要。③当动词用:demand+名词、代词、从句或to do sth.如:
They demanded the right to do things they like.他们要求有做自己喜欢做的事情的权力。
The lady demanded to see our headmaster.那个女士要求见校长。
He demanded that we(should)try to finish our work on time.他要求我们按时完工。
宾语从句用虚拟语气形式,主+should+动原…… ④demand问
“How old are you?”he demanded.他问我“你多大啦?”
depend on(=rely on)依靠;依赖;以……而定;取决于……。如:
①Whether you will succeed or not depends on how hard you
work.你是否成功得看你努力的程度。
②I don’t want to depend on my parents any longer.我不想再依赖父母了。
destroy t.毁坏;破坏;毁灭。
①Don’t destroy the box.It may be useful.不要弄坏这个盒子,可能还有用。
②The whole building was badly desdtroyed by the fire.整幢楼房都被大火严重烧毁了。determine v.(1)决心、决定,其后可接动词不定式、从句或on引导的短语。如:
We determined to get the work done before October 1.我们决定在“十一”之前完成这项工作。She determined to go that very afternoon.Have you determined where you’re going to spend the summer vocaion?你决定在哪儿过暑假了吗? They determined on an early start.他们决定早动身。He has determined on going home next week.他决定下周回家。(2)使……决意,后接不定式或介词短语作宾补。如:
What determined you to accept the invitation?什么原因使你接受这个请帖?
The situation determined him against further delay.形势使他决定不再拖延。
(3)be determined(to do sth.)下定决心;有决心,后接不定式或从句。如:
He was determined to study English well.他下决心把英语学好。
I was determined not to follow their advice.We were determined that we should never allow such things to happen again.我们决定绝不允许这类事情再次发生。
(注意从句运动用should + 动词原形)] determine to do sth.决定(心)做……
I left him,determined never to set foot in that house again.devote…to…把……献给,把……用在 devote oneself to…致力于,献身于
be devoted to…专心致志于,献身于,忠于 ①Mary devotes too much time to eating.②He has devoted his whole life to benefiting mankind.③He devoted himself entirely to music.④He was still devoted to the study of chemistry.⑤He is very devoted to his wife.die out 熄灭;绝种;逐渐消失。如: ①The fire died out.火灭了。②That talkative man’s voice died out.那个健谈的人的声音渐渐地听不见了。
2.the + 形容词(分词)表示一类人的用法。常见的短语有:
the old(young;rich;poor;learned;living…).如: The living should carry out what the dead unfinished.活着的人(后人)应该把前人未竞事业进行到底。3.no more than①(=noly)仅仅,不过。②两者都不。如:
①What can I do, I’m no more than a citizen.我能怎么样,我只不过是个平民百姓。
②Tom is no cleverer than Jack.汤姆和杰克都不聪明。
但是:not more than 表示A 不如B(……)或不超过。如;
①My English is not better than yours.我的英语不如你的好。
高考英语复习知识点概要
②I think you are not more than twenty years old.我想你不满二十岁吧。diet;food 两者都可作“食物”解。diet指的是习惯上吃的食物或规定要吃的食物,特指维持健康的定量或定质的食物,如病人的疗养饮食。food是一般用语。凡能吃喝的具有营养的东西都可称food.例如: The Chinese diet is considered to be the healthiest in the world。中国的饮食被认是世界上最健康的饮食。
Proper diet and exercise are both important to health.适当的饮食和锻炼对健康都很重要。
He is on a special diet to lose weight.他服用特别饮食以减肥。
The doctor put him on a liquid diet after operation.手术之后医生规定他吃流食。
They eat different kinds of food which change into energy.他们吃的各种各样的食物都转化成能量。His food includes eggs, vegetables, fruit and some soft drinks.他的食物包括鸡蛋、蔬菜、水果和一些软饮料。
dip into 蘸进;随便翻阅;稍稍研究
I haven’t read that book properly.I’ve only dipped into it.我没有好好读那本书,仅随便翻阅一下。
I’ve only dipped into politics.我对政治研究不深。discover discover sth.发现某物;discover oneself暴露自己的身份;discover sb.doing sth.发现某人在做某事;discover sb./sth.to be…发现某人(物)……;discover + that 从句发现……常用搭配:discover one’s mistake/an island/the truth发现自己的错误/一座岛/事实的真相 [应用]完成句子
①我们发现他是一位出色的舞蹈家。
We ____her _____ ____ a good dancer./We _____ that_____ ____a good dancer.②有人发现她在偷东西。
Someone ______ ______ ______ things./Someone discovered that ______ ______stealing things.Key:①discovered,to, be/discovered, she, was ②discovered,her,stealing/she,was distance n.距离;远处
When they finish their talk, the two may be quite a distance from the place where they were standing.当谈话结束时,两个人离他们原来站的地方可能有相当一段距离了。
The waterfall can be heard at a distance of two miles.在两英里外就能听到这瀑布声。
Hills are blue in the distance.远处的山呈蓝色。The lion looks dangerous, so I decide to keep a distance away from it.狮子看起来很危险,所以我决定离它远点儿。
What’s the distance between Beijing and Shanghai? 北京到上海之间的距离是多少? disturb,interrupt
disturb有“打扰,扰乱,使(人)心神不宁”之意。如:disturb the sleeping child/one’s plan/the piblic peace 打扰睡觉的孩子/打乱计划/扰乱社会治安;be mentally disturbed精神上受到影响;be disturbed about 对……感到不妥。
对比:interrupt 有“打断,打扰”之意,侧重打断。如:Don’t interrupt me while I’m busy.我忙的时候不要打扰我。[应用]完成句子
①她获悉母亲得急病后感到心神不安。
She was________ ________ her mother’s sudden illness./She
was________ _______hear of her mother’s sudden illness./She was________ ________ the news of her mother’s sudden illness.②不要打断那位演讲者,他讲完再问你的问题。Don’t _________ the speaker;ask your question after the meeting.Key:①disturbed, about/disturbed,to/disturbed, by
②interrupt
do all sb.can to do sth.:do what sb.can to do sth.尽某人的所能做某事
all 后面为that 所引导的定语从句,that在从句中作宾语已被省略;can后面为避免重复省略了do;后面的to do sth.为不定式(短语)作目的状语。all(that)sb.can(do)相当于宾语从句what sb.can(do)。①I’ll do all I can to help you.我将尽力帮助你。②He did all he could to improve his spoken English.他尽了最大努力来提高英语口语水平。Do give her my regards.请一定代我她问好。
助动词 do 及其变化形式可在肯定句中用来强调动词,意为“务必;一定;的确;真的”,加强了句子的语气。
①Do be careful!一定要小心
② I do like you.我真的喜欢你。
高考英语复习知识点概要
③She does work very hard.她学习确实很努力。④—Why didn’t you tell him?你为什么不告诉他? —I did tell him.我告诉他了。
do sb.a favour或do a favour for sb.给某人帮个忙,如果有to do sth.则常用。do sb.the favour to do sth.如:
①I wonder if you can do me a favour?我不知道你能不能帮我个忙?(没有说干何事)
②Please do me the favour to open the door, I want to go out.麻烦你给我开一下门,我要出去。do up 收拾(东西)。整理、梳装打扮、系(扣)好……
①He was so hurried that he did up his buttons wrongly.他太着急了以致于扣错了纽扣。
②She spent a long time doing up her hair.她花了很长时间把头盘起来。Do you think so? ①“so”用于避免重复前面所说过的内容,等于代替肯定的名词性从句,可与believe,do,expect,fear,guess,hope,say,speak,suppose, think等及It appear…,It seems和I’m afraid连用。“Will they go to see him?”
“I believe so.(?I believe[that]they will go to see him.)”
②表示否定时,用not代替so,但在believe,suppose,think等动词之后,如I don’t think(believe,suppose)so等,通常仍可与so连用。③不能和表示确信、疑问的词语连用。I doubt about it.(√)I doubt so.(×)do walking 步行。“do + 动名词”结构表示“干某事,有较灵活的译法。
do reading(读书)/washing(洗衣服)/cooking(做饭)/shopping(买东西)/cleaning(打扫除)等。Do what I told you to.Don’t be late again.Make sure the door is shut.让对方做或不做某事时 dozens of几十;许多。
①She bought dozens of dresses.她买了许多衣服。②I’ve borrowed dozens of books for my daughter.我为女儿借了许多书。doubt v.& n.怀疑,不相信 n.of…对……(抱)怀疑或悲观(态度)
doubt
从句在否定句及疑问句中多跟that
引起的从句,在肯定句中多跟
whether(if)引起的从句。
①I doubt the truth of this report.②They have never doubted of success.③I don’t doubt that you are honest.④Can you doubt that he will win? ⑤I doubt if that was what he wanted.该词作名词时有以下短语
beyond(all)doubt毫无疑问;in doubt怀疑,犹豫,不肯定;no doubt肯定地,想必;without doubt毫无疑问,一定地
①The truth of the story is beyond doubt.②I was in doubt about what to do.③No doubt I learned a lot from that lecture.④Without doubt these theories were all wrong.dream vi.做梦,迫切希望
As he slept, he dreamed a dream.他睡觉时做了一个梦。
W e dream of peace.我们梦想和平。
拓展:dream a pleasant/sweet/horrible dream 做好梦/甜梦/噩梦
live a happy/quiet/hard/normal life 过幸福/平静/艰苦/正常的生活
die a glorious death死得光荣
Do you dream at night?你晚上做梦吗? dream of……多用于否定句中,“做梦也没想到,从未想到过”
I never dream of getting so much money.我从未幻想过得到这么多钱。Dream+从句
We never dreamed that the film was so long.我们怎么也没想到这部电影这么长。dream of迫切希望、渴望。
People all over the world are dreaming of peace.全世界人民都渴望和平。
dreamy(adj.)模糊的,梦幻般的
I don’t believe your dreamy words.我不信你的梦语。
动词 + about
read about读到有关的内容;know about了解;learn about得知有关……;hear about 听说过;forget about 忘记有关……;talk about 谈论;argue about争论;chat about闲谈;tell about讲述有关……;think about考虑;write about写有关的……;joke about拿……开玩笑;worry about为……担心。[应用]汉译英
①我已在报纸上读到了有关这次事故的情况。②这件事我几乎忘了。
高考英语复习知识点概要
Key:①I’ve read about the accident in the newspaper.②I almost forget about this matter.动词+at 动词+at, 其中的at多表示“目标,方向”。如: shout at朝……喊;laugh at 嘲笑;throw at 朝……扔;shoot at朝……射击;point at指着;aim at瞄准;call at拜访;stare at盯着;glance at一瞥;take a look at 看一眼;pull at 拉,扯;arrive at到达;come at 朝……起来;tear at撕,扯 [应用]完成句子
①别对那孩子大声嚷嚷,你吓坏她了。
Don’t ________ ________ the girl.You frightened her.②他被朋友们嘲笑了。
He _________ _________ _________ by his friends.Key:①shout, at
②was, laughed, at 动词不定式的省略 为了避免重复,我们常常把作宾语、宾补和谓语动词的一部分的不定式省略,只保留动词不定式的符号to。现将常见省略不定式的几种情况通过实例加以简析,供大家参考:
(1)—How about coming to my house? —I’d love to if it doesn’t give you so much trouble.在hope, like, love, promise, want, wish等词后作宾语的不定式常省略。再如: You may go if you want to.She can get a job if she hopes to.—How about going hunting with me tomorrow? —I’d like to, but I have no time.(2)Don’t close the window until I ask you to.在allow, ask, tell 等词后作宾语补足语的不定式常省略。再如:
Don’t touch the light unless your mother allows you to.Don’t plant potatoes until the peasant tells you to.(3)He didn’t want to hand in his composition, but he had to.在be able to, be going to, have to, need to, enough to, used to等后的不定式需省略。再如: I don’t sing much, now, but I used to a lot.If you don’t want to say anything at the meeting, you don’t need to.She didn’t go out last night, because she was afraid to.在afraid, glad, happy, pleased, sorry等词后作状语的不定式常省略。再如:—Will you go with me to see the film tonight? —I’ll be glad to.动词 + off短语
fly off 飞走;go off 离开;take off 脱下,起飞;run off 跑开;fall off 掉下;turn off 关上;get off 下来;drive off 驶离;hurry off 匆忙离开;keep off 离开,勿靠近;pay off 还清(债)put off 推迟;send off驱逐;set off 出发,动身;throw off 扔掉,匆忙脱衣;ring off 挂断电话; [应用]完成句子
①此处很危险,让孩子们离开。
It’s dangerous here.______ ______ the children.②火车刚到,一大群人正在下车。
The train has just come in, with crowds of people_____ ______it.Key:①keep ,off ②getting, off 动词 + up
go up(物价等)上涨,上升;build(up)one’s health使身体强壮;turn up 出席,到场,开大音量;divide up 分配;分给;set up 建立;come up走近,发芽;pick up 拾起,用车接,收听(节目);send up发射;get up 起床;grow up 长大;look up仰望,查阅;eat up 吃光;drink up喝光;use up用光;stay/sit up熬夜;give up放弃;take up占空间,从事,开始干;keep up保持,继续;put up举起,建起;hang up挂起来;hold up举起;join up 连接起来;rise up奋起反抗;move up向前移动;lift up扶起;do up包,捆;hurry up赶快;call up 打电话;break up拆散,破裂;make up组成,化妆,编造;bring up抚养大;dress up打扮;add up加起来;warm up变暖,热身。[应用]完成句子
①物价在天天上涨。
Prices are_____ _____ day after day.②衣服常常挂在火炉附近。
The clothes are often_______ ______ near a fire.③妈妈的把孩子扶起来,领走了。
The mother_____ the baby______ and took him away.④他到乡下呆了一段时间,身体好了起来。
He went and stayed in the countryside for a period of time and _____ ______ ______ _______.Key: ①going, up②hung, up③lifted, up④built, up, his, health drop用法归纳
drop可用作名词“滴”;用作不及物动词“掉下,滴下”;用作及物动词“使掉(滴)下”。如: a drop of blood一滴血;drop by rop/in drops一滴一滴地;drop from the tree从树上掉下来;drop to the ground 落在地上;drop the letter into the mailbox
高考英语复习知识点概要
把信投进信箱;drop a handkerchief/stone掉下手帕/石头
习语:drop in 顺便拜访;drop in on sb.顺便走访某人;drop in at his school顺便拜访他的学校。[应用]完成句子
①我看见一个苹果从树上掉下来。I saw an apple______ _______ the tree.②他们这样做是搬起石头咂自己的脚。
In doing so they are lifting a rock to _______ ________on their feet.③你路过的话,千万要来。
Do _______ _______ if you happen to be passing.Key: ①drop,from
②drop, it
③drop, in
due to , be due to
be due(to)有“应付给,应到的,预期的”之意,多用作表语,to不定式符号;而due to表示“由于,起因于”时,to是介词,相当于because of。如: The train is due to arrive at 12.火车应于12点到。When is the ship due?船预定何时到?
The accident was due to careless driving车祸是粗心驾车引起的。[应用]完成句子
①那项计划由于资金不足而失败。
The program failed ________ _________lack of money.②希尔先生预定明天演讲两次。
Mr Hill_________ _________ ________ lecture twice tomorrow.Key:①due,to
②is ,due, to earn v.赚;得到
①earn n.②earn sb.sth
③earn one’s living He earns $10,000 a year.他一年赚10,000英镑。His honesty earned him great respect.他因诚实而博得人们的尊敬。
She earned her living by singing in a nightclub.她靠在夜总会唱歌谋生。earn, gain, win ,get 四个词均有“得到”之意,但earn指经过艰苦努力所得到的报偿,意为“赚得”;gain指作出很大努力而“获得”,所得东西常有一定价值;get是普通词,指不一定需要努力就能“得到”;win意为“赢得”,含有取胜一方具有优越条件而能克服障碍之意。这四个词有时可通用。[应用]英译汉
①earn much money/a prize/one’s living ②gain a victory/experience/the first prize/ten dollars/a living/success/the battle/a doctor’s degree ③get one’s help/full marks Key: ①挣得很多钱/获奖/谋生
②获胜/取得经验/获得一等奖/赚10美元/谋生/获得成功/赢得战斗/获博士学位 ③得到某人的帮助/得满分
earn one’s living,make one’s living 谋生,挣钱过活。
The professor earns his living by teaching at a language school.eat up 吃光;吃掉。
He was so hungry that he ate up all the cakes and none was left.他太饿了,把所有的蛋糕都吃完了,一点也没剩。类似的短语还有:drink up喝光;喝净。/burn up 烧完;烧掉。/use up 用完;用尽。/clean up打扫干净。effect
have effect on 对……有影响,相当于affect: It has had such a bad effect on him.effort短语归纳
make the greatest effort 做最大努力;make great efforts尽最大努力;make a special effort作出特殊努力;make an effort to do sth.努力做某事;make every effort to help you尽力帮助你;make one last effort作最后的努力;make no effort不努力;spare no efforts to do sth.不遗余力去做某事;with(an)effort艰难地;without effort轻而易举地;in an effort努力。[应用]完成句子
①他身体很强壮,可以轻易地提起那个重箱子。He is strong enough to lift the heavy box _________.②我们会不遗余力地阻止他们采取这一步骤。We will ________ _______ _______to prevent them from takingthis step.③他艰难地游泳,为的是救出那个孩子。
He swam with difficulty________ _________ _______ ________ save the boy.④我不会努力去帮助这样的人。
I’ll ________ _________ _______ to help such a person.Key:①without,effout
②spare, to ,efforts
③in, an, effort, to
④make, no, efforts make efforts to do sth.努力(尽力)干…… make an effort(at)尽力,努力……
高考英语复习知识点概要
spare no effort不遗余力
I made every effort to get it(at getting it)end up 结果,结束
He started as an employee and ended up as head of the firm.他以职员开始而最后成为公司的主管。
The party ended up with a song.晚会以一首歌曲结束。
If you continue to drive so carelessly, you’ll end up in hospital.如果你继续这样不小心开车,你会进医院的。
对比:end指完结或终止,为意义最单纯的用语; close指把已开始的事物像关闭似的加以结束; finish尤指最后的修饰工作,或把已经做的加以完成;
complete指把不完美的各点或有缺陷的部分加以补充完成。
Let’s end the discussion.The meeting was closed by the chairman’s speech.Try to finish your homework before 9 o’clock.Have you completed your new programme? escape(1)vi.逃走;vt.逃避
The soldier managed to escape by running into the woods.那个士兵进树林逃掉了。
You were lucky enough to escape punishment / being punished.你很幸运逃脱了惩罚。
(2)n.[c]逃脱,逃亡
have a narrow escape 九死一生,死里逃生 exam;exmination;test;quiz examination通常只指正式的“考试”,如期末考试、入学考试等。exam是examination的缩写,常用于口语,多为学生使用。test为“小考”成“考查”,quiz为“测验”,特指事先无准备,随时进行的测验,也可指(广播节目中的)一般知识测验、问答比赛、猜谜等。例如:
He did very well in the entrance examination.他在入学考试中成绩很好。
There’s going to be a physics test this afternoon.今天下午将进行物理考试。
The teacher gave us a five-minute quiz.老师对我们进行了一次五分钟的小测验。example;pattern;model pattern“型、式样、图样”可指供模仿的某物原型或精心设计出的图样或模型,也可指榜样。如: Can you use the sentence pattern?他会用这个句型吗? She is a pattern for us.她是我们学习的典范。model“模型、模范”,指供模仿或值得信效的人或物。如:
Have you seen his model ship?你看见过他的船模吗?
example “例子、榜样”,主要指人及其行为和活动被他人信效。如:
Example is better than precept.身教重于言教。except;besides;except for+名词/except that+句子用法区别。
except 相当于but,表示“除了……以外(不包括在内)”,常与all, nobody,everything,everybody, nowhere等表示整体概念的词连用。besides相当于apart from,表示“除……以外(尚有)”之义。except for.../except that...表示“除了……”之意,引述一个相反的原因或细节,因而部分地修正了句中的主要意思。如:Your article is well written except for some grammar mistakes.你的文章写得好,只是有几处语法错误。
excuse, pardon,forgive excuse“原谅,宽恕”,语气较轻,指对轻微的冒犯、失礼等的原谅;pardon用于正式场合时意为“赦免”,也有“原谅,对不起”之意,语气最重;forgive指免除某人犯错误或违法承担的后果,或不追究其应受责备的行为。三个词都常与for连用,表示“原谅某人……”。[应用]汉译英
①请原谅我迟到了。
②我永远不会原谅你昨天晚上说过的话。Key:①Please excuse we for being late.②The court pardoned the man who had broken the law for a certain reason.③I’ll never orgive you for what you said to me last night.expect, wait
二者均有“等待”之意,但有不同。expect侧重心理状态,因而可译为“期待,期盼”,是及物动词;而wait指行动,有“不干别的事专门等”之意,是不及物动词。对比:
They are busy with prepartions, expecting the foreign guests.他们忙着准准备,期待着外宾的到来。Holding little flags, the children are waiting for the foreign guests.孩子们手拿小旗,在等待外宾的到来。
[应用]完成句子
①她很久没有儿子的消息了,因而期待着他的电话。
She hasn’t heard from her son for a long time, so she
高考英语复习知识点概要
_______ telephones from him.②他正等着要和你说句话。
He ________ ________ to have a word with you.Key:①expects
②is ,waiting expert
n.专家,能手
adj.精通的 ①an expert on … 一名……方面的专家 ②be expert at/in doing sth.于……很内行
an expert on computer science 计算机方面的专家 She’s expert at/in looking after babies.她对于照料婴儿很内行。
explain t.说明;解释;讲解。
①He explained why he was late.他说明了迟到的原因。
②Please explain this exercise to me.请把这个练习给我讲一讲。
express one’s satisfaction with对……表示满意 be satisfied with对……感到满意
The officials expressed their satisfaction with the preparation for the exhibition.fall短语归纳
fall from a tree从树上掉下来;fall off a table从桌子上落下;
fall out of bed 从床上跌下来;fall asleep入睡;fall ill病倒;fall behind落后;fall in love with sb.爱上某人;fall to pieces倒塌,垮台,崩溃,解体;fall into the water跌进水中;fall down 倒下;fall onto the ground掉(倒)在地上;have many falls 跌下许多跤;in the fall在秋季。[应用]完成句子
①那个孩子从墙上掉下来伤着了右腿。
The boy____ ____the wall and hurt his right leg.②他不想在学习上落后于别人。
He didn’t want to _____ ____others in his studies.Key:①fell,off ②fall,behind fall ill 生病,得病
①Tom is absent,for he has fallen ill.②John was caught in the storm and he fell ill.fall over意为“跌倒”,“跌跤”。如:
When he was skating, he fell over some times.fall to pieces 该短语意为“垮台”,“崩溃”,“倒塌”,“解体”。如:
①Most buildings fell to pieces in the earthquake in this city.②Most organizations fell to pieces after political reform.far below + n.该词组意为“远远低于”,“比……低得多”,其中far是副词,用以加强语气。如:
The production of this factory was far below the normal level last year.far from:不仅仅,远不是(跟动名词、形容词、名词或代词)。如:
①Far being slow, they are actually fast enough.他们一点也不慢,相反非常迅速。
②It’s far from perpect.它还很不完美。另外:由far引出的短语 ①go far(物)经用、时间长
This food can’t go far.这些东西不够吃。②so far:到目前为止、到…程度(地步)
I can only tell you so far.我只能给你说到这一步。③as far as就……而言、从……来看、尽……所能、只要……、一直查到某地
As far as I know, he will not come.据我所知,他不会来啦。
You should stick to your opinion as far as it is reasonable.只要你有理,就应该坚持。We walked as far as the church.我们一直走到教堂跟前。
feed vt.喂养;以……为。常用结构: feed…with/on sth.feed sth.to
①She feeds her baby with /on cow’s milk./she feeds cow’s milk to her baby.她用牛奶喂孩子。
②I feed my cat with/on fish./I feed fish to my cat.我用鱼喂猫。
另外:feed(vi.)on 相当于live on , 意为“以……为主食”。
Sheep feed mainly on grass.羊以草为主食。fight against;fight for
feed…on…以……饲养(动物)feed on(动物)以……为食
feed…to…喂(动物)……当饲料。feed a dog on meat
以肉饲养狗 feed meet to a dog
Cows feed on hay during winter.feel like…想(做某事);愿意。
I feel like going to a museum.我想去博物馆。
I feel like a drink.Have you got any beer?我想喝点东西,你俩有啤酒吗?
fight with,fight against意为“为反对……而战、与……作斗争”,against 后面接的是反对的对象,如:
They are fighting against their enemy.他们在与敌人作战。
高考英语复习知识点概要
Political leaders fought against slavery.政治领导们为了反对奴隶制度而斗争。
fight for 意为“为争取……而斗争、因为……而打架”。如:
Two dogs fight for a bone,and a third runs away with it.两只狗为抢一块骨头而打架,另一只狗把骨头叼走了。
fight with意为“同……(一起并肩)作战、与……作战”,它含有两重意思,试比较:
They fought with the Italian in the last war.他们在最后的这次战争中是与意大利人作战。
They fought with the Italian against France in that war.在那次战争中,他们和意大利联合作战反对法国。
figure;shape;form
这组名词都有“形状”的意思。
shape 着重指人或物等的比较具体的整个外形,不太正式;form指有实体结构和看得见的某种特殊形状或是抽象的形式;figure指物时,侧重指轮廊,指人时,着重指姿态。如:
Coins may be of different sizes,weights, shapes, and of diff-erent metals.硬币可能大小、轻重、形状不同,铸造的金属也可能不一样。
The shape of Italy is like a leg.意大利国的形状像一条腿。
Change these sentences into the Present Perfect Passive,putting the verbs into the correct forms.用动词的正确形式将下面的句子变成现在完成时的被动语态。
Ice,snow and steam are forms of water.冰、雪、蒸气是水的几种形态。
You can see the tall stone figures and visit the temples of the gods.你可以看到那些高大的石雕像,参观那些神殿。
这组名词也可当动词用,shape意为“使什么东西具有某种具体的外 形”,常有“塑造”等具体意义;form指通过协商、组织等形成某种习惯、计划或组织等,一般相当于“形成”;figure通常指象征某事物。find
(1)vt.发现,发觉
She found a wallet lying on the ground.她发现地上有个钱包。
We found her still asleep.我们发现她还在睡觉。
He found her left behind.他发现她被落在后面。
(2)n.发现,发现物(尤指贵重或悦人的)
I made a great find in a second-hand bookshop yesterday.昨天在旧书店里我有重大发现。
对比:find多指偶然发现,碰见;后可接名词、复合结构或从句。find out指通过观察、探索而发现事实的真相、真情,通过调查找出原因,或发现秘密、错误等;一般接名词、代词或从句。discover指发现客观事物的存在,发现已存在而不为人知的事情;多用于好的事物。
Have you found the book you have been looking for?
你一直找的书找到了吗?
Have you found out why he was late?
你弄清他为什么迟到吗?
Columbus discovered America.哥伦布发现了美洲。
find one’s way(to)找到;设法找到去……的路
Can you find your way to the post office? 你能找到去邮局的路吗?
Rivers find their way to the sea.条条江河通大海。
拓展:make one’s way非常困难地前进
feel one’s way 摸索着前进
force / fight one’s way突破……而前进
push one’s way排开……而前进 fine adj./adv./n./v.(1)adj.美好的,天气晴朗的,(身体)好的,细的
It’s fine today.今天天气很晴朗。
What a fine view it is!多么美丽的风景!
—How are you? —你好吗?
—Fine, thank you.—很好,谢谢!(不可用于否定句及疑问句)First there was a fine rain but then it rained heavily.开始是毛毛细雨,接着就下大了(2)adv.很好
Everything went fine.一切顺利
(3)[c]罚金a traffic violation fine违反交通规则罚款(4)v.处罚金
If you make such a mistake again, you’ll get fined.如果你再犯这样的错误,你就会挨罚。短语:fine and 非常,极(强调后面所接的形容词)one fine day/morning有朝一日
first of all 指按时间,顺序等处于第一位的,如: 例:First of all let me say how glad I’m to be here.首先我要说我来到这儿是多么高兴。
高考英语复习知识点概要
I’m interested in coins ,but first of all I’m a stamp collector.我对硬币感兴趣,但我首先是个集邮的。比较:first与at first first 译为“首先/,是从动作的先后角度来考虑的。”如:
Before we go , I must first change my clothes.走之前我得先换衣服。
at first意为“起初/,含有后来不这样了的意思。”如:
At first I didn’t like him ,but now I do.起初我不喜欢他,但现在喜欢了。
for the first time 意为“第一次”。如:
It was there that they met for the first time.正是在那儿他们第一次见了面。fit ①be fit for适合于
This job is fit for you.这份工作适合你干。②主语+be + fit + to do sth.如:
Nobody is fit to take his place.没有合适的人接替他。
③(物,衣物之类)+fit+sb.表示衣帽之类适合某人,合身。
The shirt does not fit me well.这件衬衫不太合我的身。
fix vt.安排;修理;准备;安装;固定
We have fixed the time and date of the party.我们已经确定了聚会的日期和具体时间。
Something has gone wrong with my tape-recorder.I must have it fixed.我的录音机坏了,我得请人修一下。
Mother decided to fix them something to eat.母亲决定给他们准备点吃的。
It’s not polite to fix your eyes on others.盯着别人看是不礼貌的。
It is necessary for a child to form the habit of fixing his attention on/ upon what he is doing.孩子养成专心做事情的习惯是很有必要的。fix a date 确定日期 fix a time确定时间 fix a place确定场所 fix vt.决定,确定 fix+n./wh-/to do sth.My uncle is fixing to set up a company.fix up vt.搭起、安装,修理,安排(住宿等),提供,We must fix the house up before we move into it.Flash in a flash
该介宾词组意为“转眼间”,“突然间”,“瞬间。”如:
In a flash.I realized where we had met before.fly
(1)vt.飞跃 +地点或距离作宾语:驾驶(飞机);(用飞机)运送;放(风筝)
fly the Atlantic / the English Channe/ a distance of 2000 km
飞跃大西洋/英吉利海峡/2000公里的距离
Supplies of food have been flown to the refugees.补给的粮食空运给那些难民。
The children are flying their kites.孩子们在放风筝。
(2)vi.飞,飞行,飞跑
Time flies like an arrow.光阴似箭。
The little girl flew to her grandmother.这女孩向她奶奶飞跑过去。
(3)n.苍蝇
butter(奶油)+fly(苍蝇)=butterfly(蝴蝶)
dragon(龙)+fly(苍蝇)=dragonfly(蜻蜓)
fire(火)+fly(苍蝇)= firefly(萤火虫)(=lighting-bug,美语)follow t.(1)跟随;跟着。
We followed the professor into the lab.我们跟着教授走进了实验室。(2)听懂;理解。
Would you please say it again? I can’t follow you.请再说一遍好吗?我没听懂。
4.know about/of : have information concerning 听说(关于……的事情);知道;了解。
Know vt.: have in mind as the result of experience or because one has learned 认识,知道。
①I don’t know the writer , but I know about him.我不认识那位作家,但我听说过他。
②I know him ,but I don’t know about him.我认识他,但我并不了解他。
for a start/to start with首先,第一点
You have no right to be here, to start with.首先,你无权在此。
It won’t work:for a start, we don’t have so much money and secondly we cannot get the permission.高考英语复习知识点概要
那不行,首先我们没那么多钱,其次我们不能被批准。
for example / such as for emample 用来举例说明,例子通常是一个。它可放在所举例子的前面,也可放在后面;such as 用来列举事物,只能放在所列举的事物的前面。另外,只列举有代表性的事物,并不全部列出。如: Some students are often late for school, Li Ling ,for emample.有些学生上学经常迟到,例如李玲。He can speak several foreign languages, such as English, Janpanese,German and so on.他会说好几种外语,比如英语、日语、德语等。
forbid(forbade, forbidden)①forbid sb.to do sth.如:
My mother forbids me to keep in touch with that boy.我妈不让我与那个男孩交往。②forbid(one’s)doing sth.如: The law strictly forbids individual’s running business in some fields.法律严禁私人从事某些经营活动。③常用被动形式
Smoking is forbidden here.这儿不许抽烟。④表示“使……不可能,使……无法……”
The bad weather forbids a spring outing.坏天气使我们无法春游。否定转移
I/We think, believe,suppose, imagine接宾语从句时,通常否定主句谓语;但变反意问句时,却必须和从句的人称、谓语保持一致,而且要考虑主句中有无 not。如:I don’t think she is right,isn’t?/I believe that they will win the match, won’t they? [应用]汉译英
①我猜今天夜里不会有雨。
②我们认为美国不会赞同我们的和平计划。Key: ①I don’t suppose there will be rain this night.②We don’t think America will agree to our peace plan.form
in the form of 以……的形式呈现,prep.take the form of 以……形式呈现,vt.The cookies are all in the form of stars.?The cookies all take the form of stars.free adj.(1)空闲的;有空的。
Are you free tomorrow?明天你有空吗?(2)免费的;无偿的。
①Do you enjoy free medical care ?你享受免费医疗吗?
②—Why are you so happy?你怎么那么高兴? —Because I got two free ticket.我免费弄到两张票。
(3)自由的。
①The birds in the cage wish to be free.笼中之鸟盼望自由。
②You are free to say anything you want to at the meeting.会上你可以畅所欲言。freeze,freezing,frozen
freeze是动词“结冰,凝固”;freezing可用作名词“冰点”,用作形容词“冰冷的”,用作副词“极冷地”;frozen既是freeze的过去分词形式,也可用作形容词,表示“冷冻的”。对比:
Water freezes below freezing.冰点以下时水结冰。It was freezing cold that morning.那天早晨非常地冷。
The roads are frozen in places.路上多处结冰。[应用]英译汉
①above/over freezing ②freezing weather ③be frozen to death
④give sb.a freezing cold ⑤freezing machine ⑥frozen meat
⑦I’m frozen,so I can’t write
⑧I’m freezing,so I’ve to put on a heavy coat.Key:
①零度以上
②很冷的天气
③被冻死
④冷冷地看某人一眼
⑤制冷机
⑥冻肉
⑦我冻坏了,不能写东西了。⑧我觉得冷极了,我得穿件厚大衣 frighten
用作动词,frighten表示“吓唬、使惊恐”。如: frighten the birds away 把鸟吓跑;be frightened by 被……吓坏;be frightened of sb./sth.害怕某人/物;be firghtened at因……而受到惊吓;be frightened off away被吓跑了;be frightened to dath被吓死;frighten sb.into(doing)sth.吓得某人做某事。
辨析:frightened, frightening:前者表示“感到恐惧、害怕”,后者表示“令人惧怕”。对比: frightened children吓坏了孩子; frightening voice令人恐惧的声音; her frightened look 她那恐惧的样子(自己内心害怕所显露出的表情)。her frightening look她那可怕的样子(其样子使别
高考英语复习知识点概要
人害怕)
[应用]完成句子
①那可怕的声音使我非常恐惧.The _______ voice made me very ________.②他吓得那个老太太签署了那份文件。
He _______ the old lady _______ ________ the paper.③她看到蛇吓坏了。
She________ ____________ the sight of a snake.④你怕老虎吗?
Are you __________ ________ tigers? Key:①frightening , frightened
②frightened, into, signing ③was, frightened, at
④frightened, of “复合名词”变复数的几种形式
(1)由man和woman构成的复合名词变复数时,两个成分都要变。如:
a man doctor→men doctors男医生
a woman driver→women drivers女司机
(2)由“名词+名词”以及“动名词+名词”构成的复合名词,把复数词尾放在一个名词上。如: police officers 警官
boy-friends男朋友 match-boxes火柴盒
flower shops花店 frying pans平底锅
(3)由“名词+副词”构成的复合名词,把复数词尾放在名词上。如:
passers-by过路人
lookers-on旁观者
(4)由“家庭成员+in-law”构成的复合名词,复数形式放在第一个成分上。如: fathers-in-law(岳父)
sisters-in-law(嫂嫂)
sons-in-law(女婿)
(5)复合名词中没有名词时,把复数词尾放在最后一个词上。如:
go-betweens中间人,媒人
grown-ups成年人
game,race, match 三个词都有“比赛”之意。game通常指“游戏、比赛”,其复数形式往往指大型运动会。race多指赛跑,赛马、赛车、赛船等运动。match指竞技比赛。
[应用]英译汉 ①play games
②play a game of basketball ③the Asian Games ④horse race.⑤a 1,500-metre race ⑥run a race
⑦have a volleyball match ⑧watch a match Key:①做游戏,比赛 ②进行一次篮球比赛 ③亚运会 ④赛马 ⑤一千五百米赛跑 ⑥赛跑 ⑦举行排球比赛 ⑧观看比赛
get a general idea of 对……了解大意(大概情况)
Read the chapter quickly to get a general idea.快速阅读这一章,了解大意。
I have a general idea of that town.我对那个镇子的大概情况有所了解 get in touch with sb.;keep in touch with sb.这两个相似动词短语的区别是:前者是表示动作性的,作“和(与)某人进行接触”解,如:
Finally Hank and his friend gave each other their addresses and promised to get in touch again with each other when they both returned to the States.最后,汉克和他的朋友互换了地址,并且保证回美国后和对方联系。
而后者表示状态,作“和(与)某人保持着联系”解。如:
Some students keep in touch with me all the time.一些学生一直和我保持着联系。
get sb./ sth.doing使某人/某物开始活跃或使某物开始工作
Let me try now, I will get the car going
现在让我试试,我会把汽车发动起来。
拓展:get sb.to do sth.= have sb.do sth.让/使某人做某事
get sth.done = have sth.done请人做某事
I’ll get him to do the job.我会让他做这项工作。
When did you get your hair cut?
你什么时候理的发? 感叹句表达方式
感叹句表示说话时的惊讶、喜悦、赞赏和愤怒等情绪。大多数感叹句是由what和how引导,其句型结构为“What(或How)+感叹部分+主语+谓语!”。也有少量其他形式的感叹句,现一并归纳如下:(1)What 引导的感叹句
What 用做定语,修饰名词,其引导的感叹句句型结构为:
①What+a(an)+可数名词单数+主语+谓语!如: What an orphan he is!他是个多么可怜的孤儿啊!②What+a(an)+形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语!如:
What a beautiful voice she has!她的声音多美啊!③What+形容词+可数名词复数+主语+谓语!如: What kind doctors they are!他们是多好的医生啊!
高考英语复习知识点概要
④What+形容词+不可数名词+主语+谓语!如: What good news it is!(2)How 引起的感叹句
How 用做状语,修饰形容词、副词和动词,其引导的感叹句句型结构为: ①How+形容词+主语+谓语!How clever you are!②How+副词+主语+谓语!How well she dances!③How +形容词+a(an)+可数名词单数+主语+谓语!如:
How good a student he is!④How+主语+谓语!如:
How the teachers worked!教师们工作多么努力啊!⑤How+many(few)+可数名词的复数+主语+谓语!如:
How many books you have read!⑥How much(little)+不可数名词+主语+谓语!如: How little money the coat cost!(3)“What+a(an)+形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语!”句型可转换为“How+形容词+a(an)+可数名词单数+主语+谓语!”句型。如; What a clever boy he is!How clever a boy he is!(4)感叹句常将主语和谓语动词省略,以“What+名词!”或“How+形容词!”的形式构成。如: What a fine student!What mountains!How wonderful!How brave!(5)其他形式的感叹句
有时候,可不用what和how来表示感叹,而用陈述句、疑问句、祈使句,甚至一个词或词组来表示感叹。如:
She is such a nice girl!她是一个多好的姑娘啊!(陈述句)
Who do you think you are!你算老几!(疑问句)“Stop the train!Stop the train!”(祈使句)Wonderful!(一个词)Happy New Year!(词组)get through 接通电话;完成;通过
I can’t get through.The line’s busy.我没能接通电话。占线了。
get through the work/the exams/the book完成工作/通过考试/看完这本书 打电话的其他交际用语:
Can you ring up …?你能给……打电话吗? I can’t get through.我没能接通(电话)The line is busy.(电话)占线。
I’ll try again later.一会儿我再试试。
Could I speak to… please?我找……接电话。This is … speaking.我是…… Hold on, Please.请等一等。
Can I take a message?我可以捎个口信吗? Could you ask … to ring me back, please? 你让……给我回个电话好吗? I’ll ask …… to call you.我要让……给你打个电话。
They are talking on /over the phone.他们在通电话。You are wanted on the phone.有电话找你。She answered the phone.她接了电话。give构成的短语
①give away 送给人、分发、泄露、暴露 Let’s give away our dog.我们把狗送人吧。②give back:送还、恢复(健康)
Living here has given me back my health.在这住使我恢复了健康。
③give in交进来,让步、妥协、投降 The boy gave in the money he picked up.那小孩把捡到的钱上交了。
In the end,they gave in.最终,他们屈服了。④give off散发出
The gas gave off an unpleasant smell.那种气体发出难闻的气味。
⑤give out用完、耗尽、没有了。Money gave out.钱用完了。
⑥give up放弃、不再做、把……献给…… My father has given up smoking.我爸“戒烟了。” He has given up his life to teaching.他一生都献给了教育事业。
Don’t give up,try again.别泄气,再试一次。give birth to 生……;造成……的原因。
①She gave birth to a baby last week.②His illness gave birth to his absence.Give my regards/ best wishes/love to sb.向人问好时
give off,放出(光、烟、气味等)、散发,give out,放出,发出(声音,光线,气味等),(食物、燃料、力量等)用尽、筋疲力尽。①These red roses give off a sweet smell.②This device gives out flashes of light in the fog.③Both my strength and money gave out.go bad 变坏
类似的:go wrong,go mad,etc.go 通常表示不好的变化。Alice’s face went red with anger.高考英语复习知识点概要
My husband’s hair is going gray.“go+doing”表示“去干某事”,多指从事与体育、娱乐有关的活动。
go fishing 去钓鱼
go riding去骑马 go boating 去划船
go climbing去登山 go swimming去游泳
go shooting去射击 go walking 去散步
go hunting去打猎 go shopping去买东西
go cycling去骑车 go dancing去跳舞
go camping 去露营 “go+doing”还可以表示从事某种职业。go farming务农
go nursing当护士 go on doing , go on to do , go on with
1)go on doing sth.指继续做同一件事。如:
After a short rest , they went on working.短暂休息之后,他们继续工作。
go on with sth.指继续同一件事,此时 with 后能接名词,代词,不能跟ing 形式。如:After a short rest ,they went on with the work.短暂休息之年,他们继续那项工作。
go on to do sth.指接着做另外一件事。如:
After finishing the words , they went on to go over the text.结束单词后,他们接着通课文。2)类似意义的说法。
continue doing/ to do = go on doing;go ahead with = go on with ,隐含有付出努力之意 keep on doing ① = go on doing ②指不顾困难,反对或警告而坚持做某事。如:He kept on smoking after the doctor told him to stop.医生告诉他停止后,他还是继续抽烟。
go through 浏览;经历;历经
He went through several houses, but haven’t bought one yet.他看了好几套房子,但一套还没买。
The country has gone through too many wars.这个国家已经历了太多的战争。
The plan must go through several stages.这个计划必须经历几个过程。
拓展:go through with完成
He hasn’t gone through with his composition yet.他还没写完作文。
go with 与……相配;适合。
I’d like a pair of shoes to go with my trousers.我想要一双和我的裤子相配的鞋。go/do without 该短语表示“没有……将就着也行”。Without既是介词也是副词,亦即带不带宾语都行。[应用]完成句子
①他没钱买电视,只能过着没有电视的日子。He had no money for a TV set,so he had to _______ _______ ______.②我们没有地图也行。
We have no map but we can ________ ________ Key:①go,without,it ②do,without
had better(not)do sth.最好(不要)做某事。
用来委婉地提出建议或劝告.had通用于各种人称和数的形式.。
①You’d better give up smoking.It dose no good to your health.你最好把烟戒掉,吸烟对健康没好处。②she had better not come this evening.今晚她最好不要来。
hand down(=pass down)相传、传给 意思是“(从上代)传下来(给后代)”。
In poor families,clothes may be handed down from one child to the next.hand back 把……归还……;hand in 面交,提出;hand on 传阅,依次传递;hand out 分发;hand over 移交。
happen句型归纳
(1)happen to do sth.(主语常为“人”),意为“碰巧。恰好”。to 后可用不定式的一般式to do,完成式to have done进行式to be doing如:
You happened to be out when I came to your house.我到你家时,你正好出去了。
She happened to have just finished reading the book.碰巧她刚刚读完那本书。
The two salesmen happened to be quarrelling when the manager entered.经理进去时两个售货员碰巧在吵架。(2)It(so)happen that…“(如此)碰巧,恰好”。如: It happens that he is a teacher of English.恰好他是位英语老师。
It so happened that he was going that way too.如此碰巧的是他也往那边走。
注意:句型1)和2)可互换,如:
I happened to have no money with me./It happened that I had no money with me.我碰巧身上没带钱。
(3)happen to sb./sth.“某人/物出事,发生了……情况”。
如:What has happened to your hand?你的手怎么了?
Be careful not to let anything happen to that child.小心别让那个孩子出任何事。[应用]选择正确答案
①—We haven’t heard from Jane for a long time.(MET’91)
高考英语复习知识点概要
—What do you suppose __________to her? and the waves.A.was happening
B.to happen have no choice but to do sth.C.has happened
D.having 该结构意为“别无选择的干……” happened 如:You have no choice but to obey me.②They happened to _______for Tianjin when we got have on,have…on there.(MET’)have on 表示“穿着,戴着”,有have on sth.或have A.leave
B.have left
C.leaving
sth.,on
结构,强调状态,无进行时,但有动词—ingD.had left ③If anything __________you,let me know.A.is happened to
B.is happening C.happens on
D.happens to Key:①C ②B ③D have a right to do sth.有权做某事 right:①当名词用,可有复数形式如:human rights人权;但是当方向(右边)讲时,不可数,turn to the right向右转 ②当形容词:a.右面的、向右的、政治上右倾的;b.对的、正确的、合适、恰当、正当;c.对头、没事了。如: He didn’t feel quite right.他感觉不太舒服。Your advice is right你的建议是对的。Which is the right answer?哪个答案正确? ③当副词用,向右 Don’t forget to turn right when you meet a bookstore.看到那家书店别忘了向右转。The crowd divided right and left.人群走散了(各奔西东)。have/find + difficulty/trouble +(in)doing sth./ with sth.There be + difficulty/trouble +(in)doing sth./with sth.做某事有困难/麻烦;在……方面有困难/麻烦。其中的difficulty和trouble为不可数名词;doing前的介词in 可省略。①I have some difficulty(in)pronouncing some English words.有些英语单词我发音有困难。②Everyone in the town knew him;so we had no difficulty(in)finding his house。镇上所有的人都认识他,所有我们毫不费力就找到了他的家。③The boy had little difficulty with maths.这孩子学数学没困难。④There was much difficulty(in)finding him.好不容易才找到他。have mercy on/upon sb.该短语意为“宽恕(或可怜)某人”,类似的词组还有show mercy to sb.。He always has mercy on the poor.at the mercy of …任由……摆布,在……的掌握中。如:They were lost at sea,at the mercy of the winds 短语形式。have…on表示“有事,有约(会)”。对比: On Children’s Day,children always have on their new clothes.儿童节那天孩子们总是穿着新衣服。I’ve nothing on tomorrow.Let’s go together.明天我没事,咱们一起去吧。误:In fact the king was having nothing on.正:In fact the king had nothing on.事实上国王什么也没穿。正:The king having nothing on walked in the front.一丝不挂的国王走在最前面。[应用]汉译英 ①He has something on this evening.I’ve to go without him.②He has his uniform on this evening.have something(nothing,much,little)to do with与……有(没有,有很大,有一点)关系。①I have nothing to do with that young man.②His job has something to do with telephones.③This has little to do with what we are talking about.④Do you have anything to do with that club? He sends his regards/best wishes/love to you.带人问好时 也可用:Please remember me to your parents.head vi.向……前进,朝某方面行进。后面接for,forward的介词短语,或表示方向的副词east,eastward等。head south向南行 ①Where are we heading? ②Those ships are heading for HongKong.hear vt,;vi.(1)听见、听到(声音)。①Listen!I heard somebody knocking at the door.听!我听到有人敲门。②Old Granny can’t hear very well.老奶奶听觉不好了。(2)hear that(宾从)听说某事 ①I heard that he had come back.我听说他回来了。②I heard that we were going to Qingdao for a holiday.Is that true?听说我们要去青岛度假,是真的吗?
高考英语复习知识点概要
(3)hear of 听说;获悉。
①I have heard of him,though I don’t know him.尽管我不认识他,但我听说过他。
②They have never heard of American country music.他们从没听说过美国的乡村音乐。
③They have never heard American country music。他们从没听过美国的乡村音乐。(4)hear from sb.收到某人的来信。
—Have you heard from Peter recently?最近收到彼得的信了吗?
—No,I haven’t heard from him for three months.没有。我已3个月没收到他的信了。heart短语归纳
lose heart 失去信心;lose one’s heart to sb./sth.爱上某人/事;give heart to sb.鼓励某人;give one’s heart sb./sth.爱上某人/事;put one’s heart into 一心扑在某事上;heart and soul全心全意地;have a kind heart有一幅好心肠;break one’s heart使某人伤心;learn…by heart 记住,背诵;with a heavy/light heart 心情沉重地/轻松愉快地 [应用]完成句子
①这个队一场比赛未赢,结果灰心了。
The team had won no game and it ________ ________.②我们很奇怪她怎么爱上一个外国老头。
We wonder why she ________ _________ ________ _______an old foreigner.③世上无难事,只怕有心人。
Nothing is too difficult in the world if you _______ _______ ________ _______it.④全心全意地为人民服务是一个党员的义务。
It’s the duty of a Party member to serve the people ________ _________ _________ __________.Key:①lost,heart②lost,her,heart,to③put,your,heart,into④heart,and,soul help oneself to“自行取用(食物等),随意使用” Help yourself to more cakes.help to do sth.该动宾结构意为“有助于干某事”,且不定式符号to 可以省略,即构成help do sth.的表达形式。如: ①This book helps to understand this question.②Exercises help build up.hold短语归纳 hold one’s hand 抓住某人的手;hold me by the arm抓住我的胳臂;hold one’s breath屏住气;hold back one’s tears 忍住泪水;hold a meeting 开会;hold
passengers容纳100名乘客;hold a position守住阵地;hold back 阻止;hold one’s head high昂首,趾高气扬;hold up the wounded part 抬高受伤的部位; hold it tight 抓紧;hold everything in secret 对一切都保密;catch/get/take hold of a rope 抓住绳子;hold a child in one’s arms 怀抱孩子;hold a final examination举行期末考试 [应用]介、副词填空
①Nothing can hold______the wheel of the history.②I held her _____ the hand and tried to follow her.③He was saved by taking hold______ the big stick.④Please hold______ your hand if you have any questions to ask.Key: ①back ②by ③of ④up
How do you do ? 初次见面打招呼
答语为How do you do ?也可用Nice /Glad/Pleased to meet you.熟人见面打招呼
How are you?随便一些可用Hello, Hi.How do(did)you find…?(你觉得/认为……怎么样?)是征求对方对某人、某事的看法或意见的用语。回答时在find 后要跟复合宾语。
How did you find the dishes?
(I found them)Tasteless.How do you find Peter Gray?
I found him dishonest.How long have you had it?你买了多久了? 瞬时动词come/go/leave/start/arrive/buy/die/join/borrow/marry等不能与表示一段时间的状语连用。如how long, for 和 since所表示的时间。①他去世三年了。
不能说:He has died for 3 years.而应说:He has been dead for 3 years/He died 3 years ago.It is 3 years since he died.②他参军多久了?
不能说:How long has he joined the army?
而应说:How long has he been in the army?/How long has he been a soldier?/How long is it since he joined the army?
how long/how soon/how far/how often
(1)how long 多久。表示一段时间,句中的动词应是延续性的。是对for 或since等所表示的时间状语的提问。
—How long have you lived here ?你在这里住多久了?
①—For three years.3年了。
高考英语复习知识点概要
②—Since 1997.从1997年至今。
③—Since I graduated from college.从大学毕业至今。
(2)how soon(将来)多久;(过)多久(以后)。是对in 所表示的时间状语的提问。
—How soon can you finish the work?多久你能完成这工作?
—In three hours.3小时后。
(3)how far 多远。用来提问距离。
—How far is your hometown from here?你家乡离这里多远?
—Twenty kilometres.20公里。
(4)how often(每隔)多久;多经常。用来提问频度。—How often do you usually go home?你多久回家一次?
—Twice a month.一个月两次。
how to do sth.是由“疑问副词+动词不定式”构成的复合结构,在句中可作表语。
How to deal with it hasn’t been decided.My question is how to feed so many people.however adv.然而;但是。表示转折,起承上启下的作用。本身具有相对的独立性,通常逗号与句子其他部分隔开。
①He likes singing.He can’t sing very well, however.他喜欢唱歌,然而唱不好。
②He didn’t agree with me;however, he said nothing.他不同意我的看法,但他什么也没说。human(being)[c]人,与动物等对比的人(the human人类)A human being tells the machine what to do, when to do and how to do.人让机器做什么、什么时候做和怎样做。
In the story human beings were replaced by robots.在这个故事里,人类被机器人所代替。hurt,wound 二者都有“受伤”之意,但含义有所不同。
Wound指外伤,如枪伤、刀伤、剑伤等,尤指战争、战斗中受伤。而hurt既指肉体上的也指精神上的伤害,含强烈疼痛意味。如:
be badly wounded in the battle 战斗中受重伤; wound sb.to death 使某人受伤致死;
hurt one’s back摔伤了后背;hurt one’s feeling伤害某人的感情;be hurt by his words被他的话所伤害。
注意:A.wound可用作名词:
have a wound in the chest胸部受伤; receive a serious wound受重伤;the wounded伤员。B.hurt还可用作不及物动词,表示“疼痛难受”对比:
The girl fell off her bike.She hurt one of her legs hurts.姑娘从自行车上掉下来,有一条腿疼得厉害。[应用]完成句子
①这位战士头部受了伤.The soldier ______ ______ _____in his head./The soldier ______
_______in the head./The soldier head ______ ______.②他们说我的那些话使我很伤心。
I was rather__________by what they said about me.③我右腿疼。
My right foot ________.④他的伤似乎是很重。
It seemed that he _________badly_________.Key:①received,a, would/was, wounded/was wounded
②hurt ③hurts ④was, hurt/wounded
I must be off now.I must go now.I must be leaving now.表示自己要走时
I think it would be a good idea to(do sth.)“我想,干某事是个好主意”(是委婉地提出建议的交际英语)。
A:I’m afraid I’m putting on weight.B:I think it would be a good idea to keep on doing moning exercises.idea n.主意,想法
①have an idea
②have the idea of doing ③have an idea that/wh-从句
He thought and thought, and then he had an idea.他想啊想,终于有了一个主意。
She had the idea of discussing the problem with her husband.她有一个与丈夫商讨此事的办法。
I have an idea that he will lose.我认为他会输的。Do you have any idea where he has gone? 你知道他到哪儿去了吗? if与unless的异同
1)通常unless 等于if not 如:
I won’t go unless he comes.= I won’t go if the doesn’t come.2)在下面的句子中不可做此替换。如:
I’ll be surprised if he doesn’t have an accident.他要是不出事故,我倒会感到奇怪了。
unless 不能用于“由于未发生B而产生A”的句子,再如:
I’ll be quite glad if she doesn’t come this evening.高考英语复习知识点概要
要是他今晚不来,我才高兴呢。mix.混合mixture n.混合物
Water and oil will not mix.油和水不相溶合。Mix black with white 混淆黑白。注意:下面句子中mix 的形式。
A rain is falling ,mixed with snow.雨夹着雪在下着。
I’m sorry(that)…很抱歉……。是自认为表现欠妥或做事失误时的道歉用语,其后的从句说明道歉的内容和原因。
①I’m sorry I can’t answer the question.对不起我不会回答这个问题。②I’m sorry that I broke your glass.很抱歉我把你的杯子打破了。imagine 1)接名词、代词:You can’t imagine the life on the island.你无法想象岛上的生活。
2)接动名词:She never imagined her going abroad for further education.她从没设想过会出国深造。3)接从句:You can’t imagine how worried I was those days.你想象不到那几天我是多么焦虑啊。4)接复合宾语:The boy imagined himself to be a hero.这男孩把自己想象成了英雄。[应用] 选择正确答案
I can hardly imagine Peter ______across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.(MET’91)
A.sail
B.to sail
C.sailing
D.to have sailed Key:C improve 1)用作及物动词,意为“改善,使更好,增进,提高”。如:
improve one’s English/the living conditions/one’s method of study/oneself in maths提高英语水平/改善居住条件/改进学习方法/提高教学水平。2)用作不及物动词,意为“变得更好,增加。”如: After two days’ rest his health is improving.经过两天的休息,他的健康状况在好转。
3)用作名词:improvement of soil土壤改良;make improvement in 在某方面作出改进 [应用]一句多译
①他的中文水平在不断提高。②这篇文章你最好有所改进。
Key:①His Chinese is improving./He is improving his Chinese.②You’d better improve your article./You’d better make improvement in your article.in prep.在……之后。用于“将来一段时间之后”。① Your birthday is in two weeks’ time.你的生日
还有两周。② I’ll finish the work in 3 days/in 3 days’ time.这两项工作我3天后完成。注意:“将来具体时间之后”用after。① I’ll be back in 3 days.3天后我回来.② I’ll be back after the New year.新年后我回来。in a word总之=in one word
In a word, I don’t trust him.总这,我不信任他。
Tom is brave, careful and calm.In a word, he is admirable.汤姆既勇敢、细心又镇静。总之,他很令人羡慕。in charge of
prep.担任……,管理……,负责 in the charge of a person?in a person’s charge由(某人)照料(管理)
take charge of 担任……,接管。My father is in charge of this company.in common, in general, in particular,in short(1)in common(with)与……有共同处、(和……)一样。如:
They have nothing in common with one another.他们相互毫无共同之处。
(2)in general 大体上、通常、一般说来。如: In general boys like sports more than girls.一般说来,男孩比女孩更喜欢运动。
(3)in particular= particularly特别、尤其。如: I noticed his eyes in particular, because they were very big.我特别注意到他的眼晴,因为那双眼晴很大。
(4)in short简单地说,总之。如: The man, in short,is not to be trusted.总之,那个人是不何信任的。
in debt(to)欠债,欠人情
out of debt还清负债,没欠债
get(run,fall)into debt,vi.借债,负债 pay off the debt还清债务
She was always in debt when she was out of work.In 1860,Abraham Lincoln was elected president….1860年林肯被选为总统。
president/chairman/head/captain/director/mornitor等表示头衔、职位的名词,在用作同位语、补语或表语时,前面通常不加冠词。
in future;in the future;for the future in future意思是“从今以后”。例如:
In future,be careful with your pronunciation.今后要注意你的发音。
Such a bad habit must be got rid of in future.今后成高考英语复习知识点概要
长须改掉这样的坏习惯。
in the furture意思是“将来、今后的日期”,但 不一定就是从今立即开始,而是将来的时间。例如: No one can know what will happen in the future.没有人知道将来会发生什么事。
My sister wants to be actress in the future.我妹妹将来想当演员。
for the future的意思是“就未来而论、今后”,作“今后”解时可与in future替换使用。例如:
What are your plans for the future when you grow up? 你长大以后对你的未来有什么打算?
For the future, we’ll have to depend on ourselves.今后我们得依靠自己。
in honour of sb.(sth.)为了纪念或表示敬意而举行某活动。
①A memorial meeting was held in his honour.②It is only a dance in honour of my birthday.in+名词+of in praise of为……颂扬、歌颂;in honour of 为纪念,为了向某人表示敬意;in memory of为了怀念;in favour of赞同,支持;in place of 代替;in charge of负责;in search of寻找;in need of 需要。注意:上述短语多用作表语、状语或定语。[应用]完成句子,句意不变
①This is a book which sings high praise for pioneers.This is a book ________ ________ ________ pioneers.②They startd off at once to look for the missing girl.They started off at once________ ______ _______the missing girl.③We all agree to your plan.We are all ______ ________ ______your plan.④We usr plastics instead of wood or metal.We use plastics_______ ________ ________ wood or metal.Key:①in, praise, of
②in, search, of
③in, favour, of
④in, place, of in one’s opinion 在某人看来,依照某人的看法,也可以说:
in one’s personal opinion
例:have a good /high opinion of sb.= think / speak well/highly of sb.对某人评价高,看法不好。in one’s will在某人的遗嘱中
will作为名词使用时意为“遗嘱”“意志力”或“强烈的愿望”。
Her death is god’s will, I suppose.她的逝世是上帝的旨意,我估计。
His strong will enables him to refuse all the worldly pleaseres.他的强烈愿望使他可以拒绝世间所有的乐趣。
Where there is a will, there is a way.有志者,事竟成。in other words换句话说
In other words, they failed to pass the exam.换句话说,他们考试没有及格。
He became, in other words, a great hero.也就是说,他成了一位大英雄。
in place/out of place在原处;在合适的位置。①You should keep everything in place.(=in order)你应该把所有的东西都放好。
②What you said is somewhat out of place.你的话有些离谱了。
in the 1950s:in the 1950’s 20世纪50年代。介词也可用during。
early/late in the 1990s:in the early/late 1990’s。20世纪90年代早期/晚期。in the hope of
该短语表示“期待,抱有……的希望”,后接名词、代词或动名词,可替换成:in the hope that 从句或hoping to…。对比:
They got up very early in the hope of catching the first bus.他们起得很早,希望能赶上头班车。
注意:have the hope of…/There be hope of…有希望 对比:She has the hope of success.她有成功的希望。There is still hope of persuading him to change his mind.还有希望说服他改变主意。[应用]一句多译:
他到那里去,希望买一些新鲜鱼。
He went there in the hope of buying some fresh fish./He
Went there in the hope that he could buy some fresh fish./He went there hoping to buy some fresh fish.in the last few years.该短语意为“最近几年”,常和现在完成时连用,表示以前某时开始一直延续至说话时的动作或状态。in可被during或over 替换。常用的还有:during the past ten days过去的10天里;over the last 5 months过去的5个月里;in the past few weeks 过去的几周里如:
We’ve learned quite a lot of English over the past three years.高考英语复习知识点概要
三年来我们学了不少英语。[应用]单句改错
①Many factories were built in the last ten years in my hometown.②Both my father and mother have been busy since the past few weeks.Key:①改were 为have been ②改since为for/in/over in the past sixty years在过去的60年里(常与现在完成时连用)
Great changes have taken place in the past few years.in time及时(=not later than),终究(=sooner or later)
I hope you will arrive in time for the meeting.我希望你及时到会。
Work hard and you will succeed in time.努力工作那么最终你将成功。
Increase v.& n.(使……)增长/加
Travel can increase our knowledge of the world.旅行能加深我们对世界的了解。
The number of students in this school has increased to 3,000.这个学校的学生人数已增加到3000人。The population of the area increased by 5% last year.这个地区的人口去年增加了5%。
an increase in production/ number/population.生产/数量/人口增加
information: news新闻;消息。为不可数名词,如果表示“几条消息”,应用piece ①The news is true.这条消息是真的。
②a piece of news 一条新闻;一则消息。two pieces of news 两条新闻;两则消息。several pieces of news几条新闻;几则消息。insist on doing sth.坚持做…… suggest doing sth.建议做…… enjoy doing sth.喜欢做…… 类似的admit,appreciate,avoid,consider,delay,deny,detest.dis-like,endure,escape,excuse,face,feellike,finish,forgive,give up,can’t help,imagine, leave off,mention,mind,miss,postp-hone,practise,put off, resist,risk,can’t understand,und-erstand,mean(意味着)以上这些动词只能接动名词作宾语,不能接动词不定式作宾语。在介词之间,也只能用动名词作宾语。Look forward to,object to ,be used to,in addition to,prefer…to,according to,stick to,etc.insist表示“坚持要求(某人或主语本身)干某事。”;suggest 表示“建议”,以及order, demand, request, advise…,这些动词后的宾语从句常用虚拟语气形
式。
即主语+(should)+动词原形+……,should常可省略。如:
He insisted that he(should)be sent to the poorest place to work。他坚持要求派他去最贫穷的地方工作。instead of
instead of是短语介词,意思是“代替、而不”,后接名词、代词、动名词,有时接动词原形、不定式、形容词等。如:
I’ll take that book instead of this one.我要那本书不要这一本。
Instead of putting it off till the next day, he started working right away.他立即开始工作,不把它拖到明天。
You should give him advice instead of money.你应给他忠告而不是金钱。
A word of encouragement might have made me respect instead of hating him.一句鼓励的话当可时可能使我尊敬他而不是恨他。
Things are now better instead of worse.目前情况是好转而不是恶化。
We made the trip by train instead of by car.我们是乘火车旅行的,不是乘汽车。
instead of, instead, in place of, take the place of He went to attend the meeting instead of me.I was ill so he went to attend the meeting instead.注意:instead 可用于句首,表示“相反的”。如: She never studies.Instead, she plays tennis all day.她从不学习。相反地,她整天打网球。in place of很多时候可与instead of换用,但更强调“取代”之意。如:
He isn’t fit for the job, so I’ll do it in place of him.他胜任不了这项工作,我要代他做。
take the place of 是动词短词,在句中做谓语,如: Tractors have taken the place of horses.拖拉机已经取代了马。
注意:instead of 后可接ing 形式,介词短语等。如:
He came by bus instead of by train.他是乘汽车来的而不是乘火车。
He wanted to go to a film instead of staying at home.他想去看电影而不是呆在家里。
Isn’t it easier to stay in the same place ?留在原地难道不更舒服一些吗?
否定疑问句用来表示对某事感到惊讶,含批评意味。相当于汉语的“难道不/莫非……?”
高考英语复习知识点概要
① Don’t you know my address?难道你不知道我的地址吗? ②Can’t you speak English?你难道不会说英语吗? Isn’t it happy to live with us ?莫非和我们生活在一起不快乐?
It句型:主语+动词+it+形容词或名词+不定式短语 此句型中,it 作形式宾语,常用于句型中的动词有find,feel, think, consider, make等。Einstein.who was a Jew, found it impossible to continue living in Germany.爱因斯坦是一个犹太人,他发现他不可能在德国继续生活下去了。
①I found it quite pleasant to work with him.我发现和他一起工作很愉快。
②He feels it his duty to help others.他感到帮助别人是他的责任。
It is hoped that…
人们希望…… It said that …
据说……
It is believed that…
人们相信 It is reported that…
据报道……
It is hoped that our team will win the game.人们希望我们的队赢得比赛。
It is said that the strange old man is a great artist.据说那个怪老头是一位艺术大师。
It is believed that before writing was developed, people in China used to keep records by putting a number of stones together.人们认为,在出现书写以前,中国人常把石块放在一起来记事。
It is reported in the papers that the president of the U.S.A will arrive next Monday.据报纸报道美国总统下星期一抵达。
It is/was + adj.+ for/of sb.+ to do sth.某人做某事是…….该句的It 为形式主语,真正的主语是后面的不定式(短语),for/of sb.是不定式的逻辑主语。能用于该句型的形容词常有:(1)important/ unimportant/ necessary/ possible/ impossible/ hard/ difficult/ easy/ useful/ usual/ unusual等。这些形容词的后面常用for来表示不定式的逻辑主语。①It’s important(for you)to learn English well.(你们)学好英语很重要。
②It’s not easy for them to finish the work within three hours.对他们来说3小时内完成这项工作很难。
(2)right/ wrong/ clever/ foolish/ stupid/ nice/ kind/ rude/ polite/ impolite等。这些形容词的后面常用of 介词短语表示不定式的逻辑主语。①It’s kind of you to help us.你们帮助我们真是太好了。
②It’s impolite of a person to interrupt people while they are talking.打断别人谈话的人是不礼貌的。It takes sb.some time to do sth.做某事花某人时间。其中的It 是形式主语。代替后面的不定式(短语)。①It will take us a whole week to travel through the forest.穿过这片森林得用我们一整周时间。
②It took them 3 days to finish the work.干完这项工作用了他们3天时间。
It’s time for sth.该是做……的时候
如: It’s time for lunch.该吃午饭了。It’s time(for sb)to do sth.如:
It’s time(for us)to go to school.(我们)该上学了。也可用如下说法:
The time has come for lunch.The time has come for us to go to school.注意:在It’s time ……句式中time 前可加 high, about 等修饰词,用法不变。其后跟that 从句时要用虚拟语气。如:
It’s(high)time we got up.It’s about time(that)he knew the truth.大约是他知道真相的时候了。(that可省略)接不定式和动名词意义不同的词
1)remember doing/having done记得曾做过某事remember to do记住去做某事
对比:
Do you remember meeting me at a party last year? Please remember to write to your parents when you get there.2)regret doing/having done 后悔做了(或没做)某事/regret to do遗憾地去做某事
对比: I regret telling her the truth.I regret to say that you are completely wrong.3)try to do 尽力去做/try doing 试着去做 对比:She tried to learn it by heart.She tried adding more salt to the soup.4)forget doing 忘记曾经做过/forget to do忘记去做 对比:I forget reading about it in a magazine.Don’t forget to shut off the gas when you finish cooking.5)stop doing 停止做/stop to do 停止某一动作去作另一动作(说明停止的目的)
对比:They didn’t start until it stopped raining.We stopped to see what was going on.6)mean doing 意味着/mean to do 打算,意图做 对比:Missing the train means waiting for an hour.I meant to come, but a friend of mine went to see me.高考英语复习知识点概要
7)want doing 需要(物作主语,动名词主动表示被动)/want to do 想做(人作主语)
对比:The wall wants painting.I want to paint the wall myself.join,join in, take part in ,attend 1)join 表示“加入党派,组织、社团、俱乐部”等。如:join the Party/Youth League/army/club/organization入党/入团/参军/加入俱乐部/加入组织。Would yo join us(in)singing?和我们一起唱歌吧!
His brother joined the army a year ago.他哥哥一年前参军了。
Join还可表示“来(去)和某人呆在一起,把……连在一起”
I will join you in a few minutes.我一会就过来。Please join the two ends of the rope together.把绳子两头接起来。2)join in 表示“参加正在进行的活动”。如 :join in a game /discussion/conversation/walk/talk参加游戏/讨论/谈话/一起散步/一起讨论。亦可说:join sb.in(doing)sth.表示“加入某人一起做某事”。3)take part in 表示“参加会议、活动”,侧重说明主语参加并发挥一定作用,part 前若有修饰语,要用不定冠词。如:take(an active)part in a party/school activities/physical labour(积极)参加聚会/学校活动/体力劳动。
4)attend 表示“出席、参加会议、仪式、婚礼、葬礼、典礼、上课、上学、听报告”。如:attend a meeting/a sports meeting/a concer/a show/school/a lecture参加会议/运动会/出席音乐会/出席展览会/上学/听演讲。[应用]完成句子
①我哥哥参军2年了。
It’s two years since my brother_______the army.②我的朋友和我一起祝你生日快乐。
All my friends_______ ________ ________ wishing you a happy birthday.③今晚有一个聚会,你参加吗?
There will be a party this evening.Are you going to_______ ______ _______ it? ④迈克没有参加莉莉的婚礼。Mike didn’t ______ Lily’s wedding.Key:①joined ②join,me,in③take,part,in ④attend keep doing sth.连续、持续地做某事。
①They kept sitting there for several hours.他们在那里连续坐了好几个小时。
②He kept asking silly questions.他不住地问些愚蠢的问题。keep;store;save
三个词都有“存”的含义。store是及物动词,“储藏、储存”的意思,一般强调在一个空间范围内的保管和收藏。如:
We had to store all this while we were away.我们不在家时,得把所有的一切都收藏起来。如:
After harvest we store the grain.收割后我们把粮食存起来。
save既可以是及物动词也可以是不及物动词,可指货币的储蓄。如:
He was out of work, he had saved no money before.他失业了,以前也没有攒下钱。
They are saving for a house.他们正在存钱买房。keep也有“保存”的意思,与store比较,它并不强调特定的地点和场所,是由“保留”的意思引申而来的。如:
I have kept the old letters all the time.我一直把这些旧信保存了下来。
Will you keep the papers for me?你能为我保存这些论文吗? keep off
短语动词。意为“远离”、“制止”、“使避开”、“不让接近”。如:
A board stands by the house on which were written “keep off”.At night they made a fire to keep wild animals off.keep one’s word 该动宾词组意为“守信”,“遵守诺言”。词组里word不能用复数形式words.同义词组为“keep a promise”,反义词组为“break one’s word”。如: Once you promise someone to do something,you should keep your word.keep sb.healthy使……保持健康
keep,n.“使维持(某种状态)”后可接adj.(ving,p.p,adv.)等作宾补。
①I was so tired that I could hardly keep myself awake.②I’m sorry to have kept you waiting so long.③Keep your mouth shut and your eyes open.④They kept us out.⑤Once a cold kept him in bed for three days.keep up
该短语动词有以下现象,分述如下: ①keep sth.up使不低落,遵守
如:Even if we fail we should keep up our spirits.②keep sb.up使晚睡
如:It’s wrong to keep the children up so late.③keep up with sb.赶上,不落后,保持联系
高考英语复习知识点概要
如:I still keep up with my college classmates far away.我仍与远方的大学同学保持着联系。Knee
go down on one’s knees 双膝跪地 go down on one knee单膝跪地
如:①The son went down on his knees, begging his father for mercy.②Some football players celebrate their“goal”by going down on one knee.knock into 该短语意为“把……敲人”,也可意译为“撞着某人/某物”如:
①The wall is so hard I can’t knock nails into it.②He was reading while he eas walking and knocked into a tree.lack lack可用作及物或不及物动词,还可用作不可数名词,有“缺乏,缺少”之意。如:
lack money/courage缺钱/ 缺少勇气;lack(in)experience/ courage缺少经验/勇气;have no lack of...不缺乏;for lack of…因为缺乏。对比:
He is lacking in courage./He lacks courage.他缺少勇气。
The plants died for lack of water.因为缺水植物枯死了。
[应用]完成句子
①她经验不足,无法获得这项工作。She________ ______ ______to get the job.②他们不缺钱,而缺技术工作。
They______ ______ _______ of money but_______skilled workers.Key: ①lacked,the,experience ②have,no,lack,lack lately;recently 两者均可表示“近来、最近”,但用法不同。recently 是书面语,常被quite,just,but, very,only等词所修饰,以加强语气。主要用于肯定句中。如: He’s only recently begun billogy.他只是最近才开始学生物。I didn’t know it until quite recently.我一直到最近才知道。
Lately常用于口语,指与现在有联系的一段时间,常见于否定句或疑问句中。如:
I haven’t seen him lately.我近来没有看到他。lay the table, lay breakfast 两个动词短语均可作“摆好桌子”解,但各自的确切含意不同:lay the table单纯指“摆桌子(准备吃饭)”,可用于早、中、晚三餐的任何一餐的场合,如:
I only laid the table.我只是摆好了餐桌(准备吃饭)。而“lay breakfast”则很明确地表示“摆桌子(吃早餐)”。如:
I have laid lunch.我已经摆好午餐的桌子了。He has laid supper.他已把晚餐的桌子摆好了。leave sth.to sb.(在死后)将……留给某人;请某人负责某事
His aunt left all her property to him after her death.他姑姑死后将所有财产都留给他了。
I’ll leave it to you to buy the tickets.我委托你负责买票。
lend to 引导;引起,造成,导致。
①Labour leads to happiness.劳动使人幸福。
②Where does this road lead to?这条路通向哪里? His carelessness led to his failre.他的粗心导致失败。
Too much work or too little rest often leads to illness.过度工作或很少休息经常导致疾病。
Difference of opinion led to a heated argument.意见分歧导致了激烈的争论。lecture, speech, talk, repot
lecture多指学术方面的“演讲,报告”;而speech指在公众面前做的经过准备的较正式的“演说,发言”;talk是一般性的“讲话,谈话”,report指正式的“报告,报道,汇报”。[应用]英译汉
①give a lecture
②attend a lecture ③make a speech
④give a talk ⑤receive a report
⑥make a report ⑦send in a report
⑧a school report
key:①作演讲 ②出席演讲会 ③发表演说 ④发表讲话 ⑤收到报告⑥作报告 ⑦呈交报告 ⑧成绩报告单
lie—lied—lied—lying lie—lay—lain—lying lay—laid—laid—laying
分析:(1)lie—lied—lied—lying意思是“说谎”。例:I have never lied in my life.Obviously he was lying.(2)lie—lay—lain—lying意思是:“躺、平放、卧”“位于”。
例:The children lay on the grass, looking at the beautiful sky.The look is lying on the desk.(3)lay—laid—laid—laying 意思是“放置”“产(卵)”“下(蛋)”,lay是原形
高考英语复习知识点概要
动词。
例:She laid the baby gently down on the bed.The hen laid an egg yesterday.注意:①lying既是“说谎”的现在分词,又是“躺、位于”的现在分词。
②lay既是“放置、产卵”“下蛋”的原形动词,又是“躺、位于”的过去式。lie in 短语动词lie in 意为“在于”。如:
The way out lies in the development of education.like 用法小结
(1)like 用做动词(及物)通常表示一般的“喜欢”,为口语用词,词意没有love感情强烈,反义词为hate。
①like + n.(pron.)Does Li Ming like bananas?李明喜欢吃香蕉吗? Do you like it?你喜欢它吗? ②like + v.-ing(动名词)Do you like working in China?你喜欢在中国工作吗?
③like + to + v.(不定式)I like to keep busy.我喜欢生活得紧张。
④would like(=would love)后接名词、代词或不定式,多用于有礼貌地提出要求,意为“想要、愿意”。Would you like something to drink?你想喝点什么吗? I’d like two sweaters for my daughter.我要给我女儿买两件运动衫。
Would you like to come?你愿意来吗?
⑤How do you like...?(=What do you think of...?)此句型用于询问对方对某人(物)的看法,意为“你觉得 ……怎么样?”
How do you like China?你觉得中国怎么样?
(2)like 用做介词,意为“像……一样”,反义词为unlike。
①like 后接名词、代词或动名词作宾语。Don’t throw it like that.别那样扔它。
They’re round,like the moon.它们是圆的,像月亮一样。
Walking on the moon is just like flying.在月球上行走就像飞一样。
②look like意为“看起来像……一样”。It looks like a chicken.它看起来像一只鸡。③feel like+v-ing意为“想……”。I had a little,but I don’t feel like eating.我吃了一点,可我不想吃。
④What’s the weather like...?(=How’s the weather like...?)此句型用来询问天气情况,意为“……天气怎么样?”。
What’s the weather like in Australia now?现在澳大利亚天气情况怎么样? It’s(just)like sb.to do sth.该句意思是“某人(恰恰)就是……这个样子”,表示赞扬或不满;若用否定式,则表示怀疑。如: It is just like her to think of others before thinking of herself.like crazy
这是一个固定词组,口语用语,意为“疯狂地”,“拼命地”。如:
In order to finish his work on time, he worked like crazy.crazy是个形容词,意为“狂热的”,“醉心的”,与about连用。如:
Most youths are crazy about famous stars.live by it赖……为生;以……为生(Δ不可用于被动语态)
Live by(one’s)pen 以笔耕为生 live out 活着,熬过
live through(it)活过,度过……而不死(Δ不可用于被动语态)
The patient will not live through the night.l ive…life过着……生活
live a hard life过着艰苦的生活 live a happy life 过着愉快的生活 live a quiet life过着安静的生活 live a miserable life过着悲惨的生活
Einstein lived the rest of his life quietly in the USA.爱因斯坦在美国安静地度过了他的余生。
The working people are living a happy life now.劳动人民过着幸福的生活。由look构成的短语:
look back upon/on回顾,回想过去
I like to look back upon my high-school days.我喜欢回忆我高中时的岁月。
Perhaps some day it will be pleasant to look back upon these days.或许将来有一天回忆起这些日子很令人愉快。
look as if /as though看起来好像
look around环视四周
look after照顾;照看
look out当心
look behind回头看
look through浏览
look down向下看
look up 向上看;查寻
look into调查;研究 look at,stare at,glance at
look at指把眼睛转向目标,译成“看,看着”;stare at 表示由于吃惊、害怕或深思而张大眼睛看,译
高考英语复习知识点概要
成“盯着,注视,凝视”,glance at指“匆匆一看,一瞥”。对比:
She stared at the footprint,full of fear.她两眼盯着脚印,满心恐惧。I’d like to look at your photo.我想看看你的照片。
The middle-aged woman glanced at her watch and hurried off.那位中年妇女匆匆看了一下表就离开了。
注意搭配:stare straight at 直直地盯着;stare into space凝视着空中;stare sb.in the face 盯着某人的脸看;stare sb.up and down.上下打量某人;glance over(through)a letter匆匆阅读一封信;glance round a room匆匆环视房间;at a glance 一看就……;give/take a glance at 对……匆匆一看。[应用]完成句子
①她凝视远方,在思考着
She was ________ ________the distance,thinking.②她羞涩地从她的扇子后面看了他一眼。She ______shyly______him form behind her fan.Key:①staring,into ②glanced,at look forward to sth.(doing sth.)渴望、企盼…… ①They are looking forward to getting news of him.他们渴望听到有关他的消息。
②We should look forward,and don’t give up.我们应该向前看(乐观一些)不能放弃。
lose one’s sight(way;life;work;reason)分别表示:失明;迷路;牺牲;失业;失去理智等。如: His son lost his life in the fighting.他儿子在战斗中牺牲了。Love be in love with sb.该短语意为“爱上某人”,其中的be可用fall替换,即fall in love with sb.也意为“爱上某人”。如: Henry was/fell in love with Mary.make love to sb.向某人示爱 make a promise 该动词短语意为“允诺”,其中的promise为名词,与它搭配的词组还有keep one’s promise(守信)等。如:
He’s always making promises and then breaking them.Promise 也可是动词(vt.& vi.)意为“允诺”,“答应”。
所用动词句型为:
promise to do sth(不定式作宾语)promise sb.to do sth.(后接双宾语)promise(sb)that – clause(that-clause为宾语从句)
如:①He promises me to buy a bike for my birthday gift.②He promises me that he will buy a bike for my birthday gift.make……do sth.使……做某事。做补语的不定式不带to,但在被动语态中则带to,即:be made to do sth.The landlord made him work 12 hours a day.地主让他一天干12个小时的活。
被动式:He was made to work 12 hours a day(by the landlord).与make意义相近的词还有let/have/get,但get的使用结构为:get…to do sth.How can we get the trees to grow quicker?我们怎么能让树长快点呢?
make fun of取笑;嘲笑。①It’s wrong to make fun of the blind.取笑盲人是不对的。②It’s bad manners to make fun of a person who is in trouble.拿困境中的人开玩笑是不礼貌的。
make sure 弄肯定,设法做到,确保,安排妥,务必,后接宾语从句。如:
He made sure that he had enough food for the journey.他设法为旅行备足了食物。Make sure(that)you pick the child up at five.Please make sure the house is locked.务必确保房门已锁上。
make sure 后还可接of或about ,指“弄清,搞明”如:
Have you made sure of the time of the train?你搞清楚火车的时间了吗?
We’ve made sure of our seats for the movie.比较:be sure of sth./be sure that……确信…… be sure to do sth.一定……,必然……
be sure of doing sth.对做某事有把握
如: I’m sure of his success.= I’m sure that he’ll succeed.我确信他会成功。
He is sure to succeed.他一定会成功的。(说话人的判断)
He is sure of succeeding in the exam.他对考试成功是有把握的。
注意:It’s certain that he’ll win.此时不能用It’s sure that ……
make…to one’s own measure“依照某人的尺寸做……”如:
This coat is made to you own measure,I’m sure it will fit you nicely.这件大衣是你订做的,我想肯定很合身。
高考英语复习知识点概要
to当介词用,“依照、按照”如:
She is dancing to the music.她在随音乐节拍跳舞。make up 编(造);构成;化妆make up 组成,构成。还有“化妆、打扮;编造(故事等),弥补” 之意The government is made up of ten members.She made up a story to avoid being examined.It’s a lie.He made up the story.这是谎言,都是他编造出来的。
Ten doctors made up a medical team.十名医生组成了一支医疗队。
Although she doesn’t make up, she looks beautiful.尽管不化妆,她依然美丽。make use of 该短语动词意为“利用”,其中use 前可被good,the best, much,little no修饰。如:
You must make good use of any opportunities you have of practi-sing English.以 use为核心,组成的词组有:
in use 在使用中;out of use(目前)不使用
come into use 开始被使用;go out of use 不再使用。
manage
vt.经营;设法;对付
She managed the house very well.她把家管理得很好。
We managed to finish the work ahead of time.我们设法提前完成了任务。
I shan’t be able to manage without help.没有人帮助,我无法办到。
[辨析] manage to do sth./try to do sth.manage to do sth.强调已达到目的或出现了结果,含“成功”之意。try to do sth.意为“试图或尽力做某事”,多表示一种企图或决心,而不表示一定成功。如:
we’ve managed to make up for the lost time.我们设法把失去的时间补了回来。
He tried to pass the examination,but failed.他努力想通过考试,但没成功。manage to do/try to do manage to do sth.意为“设法完成或做到某事”,含有成功之意。
He managed to organize a live concert.= He succeeded in organizing a live concert.他设法组织了一次现场直播的音乐会。try to do sth.意为“试图做,尽力做某事”,是否成功,并不肯定。He tried to work it out, but he failed.他努力想把它算出来,但没成功。marry
She married very early/well.她结婚很早/她嫁得很好。
Jane iis going to marry John.简就要嫁给约翰了。—Is she married?她结婚了吗?
—Yes, she has been married for five years.是的,她已经结婚五年了。
She was married to a doctor.她和一个医生结了婚。He married his son to a rich lady.他为独生子娶了个有钱的女子。masses of…
该词组意为“大量的”,与lots of 相同,后接可数名词或不可数名词。如:They saved masses of money by improving technology.a mass of…意为“一大堆……”,“一大片……”。“情态动词may/might +完成时”的结构,有以下用法:
①may/might + have + 过去分词表示推测过去某动作“可能”发生了。如:
I can’t find my sunglasses, I may/might have left them at the
restaurant yesterday.一般来说,may和might两者意思上没什么区别,只是may比might表示的可能性大些。如: He may have heard of it from Jack.He might have heard of it from Jack.在下列情况下,may和might 用法有区别:
句子的主要动词是现在时,间接引语中用may/might;
句子的主要动词是过去时,间接引语中只用might.如:
He says that she may/might have misunderstood him.He said that she might have misunderstood him.②might + have + 过去分词,表示对本来可能发生而实际并未发生的动作的感叹或遗憾含有“责备”、“抱怨”之意,而may + 完成时无此含义。如: You might have told us earlier.This medicine might have cured your cough mean to do sth.该结构意为“有意要干某事”。如:
I’m very sorry if I hurt your feelings in fact.I didn’t mean to.mend;repair
第四篇:上海高考英语整理知识点讲义
21.对于某人来说很熟悉
be familiar to sb.22.因为…而著名
be famous for 23.作为…而著名
be famous as 24.为全世界的人所知名
be famous to people all over the world 25.据我所知 as far as I know 26.被…吸引住
be fascinated with/by sth.27.举行告别会
hold a farewell party 28.过时了不时髦了 be out of fashion 29.失宠失利;
lose favour 30.支持;赞成be in favour of 31.帮某人忙
ask a favour of sb.32.用…来喂养… feed…on/with… 33.吃,以…为食物
feed on 34.把…喂给…吃
feed sth.to sb.35.与困难作斗争
fight against difficulities 36.算出;弄清楚
figure out 37.装满
be filled with 38.决赛
the finals 39.因做某事而罚某人款 fine sb.for doing sth.40.着火
catch fire 41.把火扑灭
put out a fire 42.被解雇了
be fired/dismissed 43.试穿
fit on 44.适合(做)… be fit for/to do sth.45.保持健康
keep fit 46.注视… fix one’s eyes on/upon 47.长距离飞行
a long distance flight 48.流利的英语
fluent English 49.集中注意力
focus attention /mind on 50.民间音乐
focus attention/mind on 51.如下
as follows 52.听从忠告
follow one’s advice 53.食物链
food train 54.某人做某事是愚蠢的It’s foolish of sb.to do sth.55.禁止某人做某事 forbid sb.to do sth 56.禁止做某事
forbid doing sth.57.地心引力的力量
the force of gravity 58.强迫某人做某事
force sb.to do sth.59.天气预报
the weather forecast 60.填写表格
fill in a form 61.以…的形式
in the form of 62.前任总统
former president/student/wife 63.发财
make a fortune 64.提出
put forward 65.期盼;等待
look forward to sth.66.释放某人
set sb.free
67.没有…的;免除的be free of/from 68.冰点
freezing point 69.冷冻食物
frozen food 70.淡水
fresh water 71.与---交朋友
make friends with 72.把某人吓死
frighten sb.to death 73.从那时起
from then on 74.充满的;有很多的be full of 75.为了消遣
for fun 76.开玩笑
make fun of 77.在最近,久远的将来 in the near /distant future 78.增重
gain weight 79.一般说来
generally speaking 80.代沟 generation gap 81.克服,战胜困难;从(疾病,震惊等)中恢复
get over 82.在某方面有天赋
have a gift for 83.投降;屈服;上交
give in 84.发出(蒸汽、光等)give off 85.发出(热、气味等];分发;(供给等)用完;筋疲力尽 give out 86.放弃
give up 87.看一眼glance at/towards/up 88.复习;走到另一边去;检查 go over 89.出去;(灯火)熄灭
go out 90.走上前去 go up to 91.完成目标
achieve a goal 92.进球
score a goal 93.黄金时代
golden age 94.对某人/某物有好处 be good for sb.95.好多
a good many 96.认为理所当然
take it for granted that 97.因…感激某人be grateful to sb.for sth./doing sth.98.感激地
with gratitude 99.用微笑/吻来迎接/招呼某人 greet sb.with a smile/kiss 100.人口的增长
the growth of population 1.养成做某事的习惯 form a habit of doing sth/ get in to a habit of doing 2.切成两半
cut sth by half/ into halves 3.手拉手
hand by hand 4.上交
hand in
5.碰巧做
sb.happens to do= It so happens that 6.刻苦工作
be hard at work 7.对…有害
do harm to= be harmful to 8.和睦相处
live in harmony 9.在某方面有问题/困难
have problems/ trouble/ difficulty with sth.10.前往
head for 11.身体健康良好
in good health 12.听说,得悉,hear about 13.心脏病
heart trouble 14.全心全意地
heart and soul 15.用心记忆,暗记
learn sth.by heart 16.激烈的讨论
heated discussion 17.帮助某人做某事
help sb.with/(to)do sth.18.在…的帮助下
with the help of 19.毫不犹豫
without(any)hesitation 20.隐藏
hide sth.from = conceal sth.from 21.以高速度
at high speed 22.高度评价;重视;赞扬
speak/ think highly of 23.历史性会见
historic meeting 24.历史研究
historical research 25.打在某人的鼻子
hit sb.on the nose 26.阻挡;抑制
hold back 27.(电话用语)别挂断;抓牢;坚持
hold on 28.推迟;拖延;挡住
hold off 29.度假
on holiday 30.老实说…
honestly speaking 31.表示敬意;为了招待…;为了纪念
in honor of 32.为祖国争光
win honor for one’s motherland 33.想要
hope for 34.抱乐观的希望,尽量往好处想
hope for the best 35.东道国,举办国
host nation/ country 36.按小时计酬
pay/ charge by the hour 37.伤害某人的感情
hurt one’s feelings 38.(突然)想到一个主意
come up with an idea 39.不懂,无知的be ignorant of 40.对某人来说做某事是非法的 It is illegal for sb.to do 41.对…产生影响
have an impact on 42.在脑海中留下深刻印象
impress sth.on one’s mind 43.被…深深感动;对…留下深刻印象
be impressed by/with 44.在五十几岁时
at one’s fifties 45.我不方便做某事
It is inconvenient for me to do 46.个人体育运动项
individual sports 47.把某事通知某人
inform sb.of sth.48.使某人得到通知
keep sb.informed of 49.进一步的消息,更多的信息
further information 50.从…处继承
inherit sth.from 51.受了重伤
be badly injured 52.鼓励某人做某事
inspire sb.to do 53.求生的本能
an instinct for survival 54.教、指导、指示某人做某事
instruct sb.to do 55.给房屋保火险
insure one’s house against fire 56.打算做某事
intend to do 57.对…感兴趣
take interest in = be interested in 58.追求利益
look for interests 59.每隔一段时间,每隔一段距离
at intervals 60.把…引进;传入;把…列入;插入
introduce---into 61.婉拒邀请
decline one’s invitation
62.需要做---,包含做---
involve doing sth.63.介入,卷入
be involved in = involve oneself in 64.新闻条目
news items 65.把…从…隔离开
isolate---from 66.交通阻塞
traffic jam 67.参军
join the army 68.连接
be joined to 69.共同努力
a joint effort/joint efforts 70.恶作剧
a practical joke 71.使某人大为高兴的是
to one’s great joy
72.从外表判断
judge from/ by one’s appearance 73.比…小,地位低
be junior to 74.喜爱…;对…着迷
be keen on 75.敏捷的头脑
a keen mind 76.记日记
keep a diary 77.阻止;防止
keep---from---78.遵守;保持
keep to 79.消磨时间
kill time 80.一位知识渊博的 a man of knowledge= a knowledgeable man 81.理解;认识
have a good knowledge of 82.快车道
the fast lane 83.最后但并非最不重要的(一点)
last but not least 84.过后,后来
later on 85.嘲笑
laugh at 86.突然大笑起来
burst into laughter 87.犯法
be against the law/ break the law 88.诱使某人做某事
lead sb.to do 89.通向;导致
lead to 90.斜靠
lean against 91.依靠某人做某事
lean on sb.to do 92.至少;最低限度
at least 93.讲授…;作关于…的讲座
give a lecture on sth.94.给某人一个教训
teach sb.a lesson 95.位于/在于
lie in 96.乘电梯
take a lift 97.要求搭车
ask for a lift 98.点着的火柴
a lighted match 99.很可能…
It is likely that= be likely to do 100.(靠)…生活
live by doing 1.严密保藏某物
keep sth under lock and key 2.渴望得到某物
long for sth 3.渴望做某事
long to do sth 4.很久以前
long before 5.不久,不久以后
before long 6.照顾
look after 7.轻视,看不起
look down on 8.调查
look into 9.把…看作…
look upon/ on---as---10.注意;留神
look out 11.浏览;核查
look through 12.依赖
look to = depend on = rely on = lean on 13.输了一场比赛
lose a game 14.输了一个球
lose by a goal 15.灰心
lose heart 16.沉迷干…
lose one’s heart
17.茫然不知所措
be at a loss= be at sea 18.停车场
the parking lot 19.碰运气
try one’s luck/ fortune 20.使某人发疯
drive / send sb mad 21.发疯
go mad 22.寄航空邮件
by air mail 23.寄信给某人
mail sth to sb 24.保养公路
maintain a highway 25.主修(工程学)
major in engineering 26.多数;半数以上
a/ the majority of 27.(有目的且快速地)冲向
make for 28.偷;带着…逃跑
make off with 29.(1)开出;写出
(2)理解
make out 30.(1)编造(2)化妆(3)构成;凑足
make up 31.补偿;弥补
make up for 32.成功地做某事
manage to do 33.上市;出售
on the market 34.娶;嫁;与…结婚
marry sb = get married to sb 35.事实上
as a matter of fact = in fact 36.不要紧
It doesn’t matter.37.意味着做---
mean doing 38.本意为;打算做---
mean to do 39.用;依靠
by means of---40.同时;其间
in the meantime 41.采取措施做某事
take measures to do 42.纪念
in memory of 43.提及做某事
mention doing---44.更不用说;此外
not to mention 45.给某人带个口信
give sb a message 46.给某人留个条
leave a message for sb 47.牢记某事
keep/ bear sth in mind 48.拿定主意做某事
make up one’s mind to do 49.避免做某事
miss doing sth 50.错误地做某事
do sth by mistake 51.把…误认为…
mistake A for B 52.把---和---混合 mix---with---53.流动图书馆
a mobile library 54.心情好/坏
in a good/ bright/ bad mood 55.没有心情做某事
be in no mood for doing sth/ to do sth 56.一轮新月
a new moon
57.非常乐意做某事
be more than happy/glad/pleased/ready/willing to do 58.以---的名义
in the name of 59.以---的名字命名
be named after 60.打个盹儿
take/ have a nap 61.土产的be native to 62.如必要的话
if necessary= if it is necessary 63.非常需要
need sth badly 64.对…神经紧张的be nervous about 65.向某人点头
nod at/ to sb 66.(表示惊奇)不是别的,正是
no(ne)other than 67.记笔记
take notes 68.仅仅;只不过
nothing but 69.(有意)注意
take notice of 70.到现在为止
by now = up to now = up till now = so far 71.既然;由于
now that 72.许多(修饰可数名词)
a good/ great many= a number of
73.反对做某事
object to doing sth / be opposed to doing sth 74.强迫某人做某事
oblige sb to do = force sb to do 75.因某事而感谢某人
be obliged/ thankful/ grateful to sb for(doing)sth 76.遵守规则
observe the rules 77.庆祝某人的生日
observe one’s birthday 78.我想起一个主意。
An idea occurred to me.79.某人突然想起---
It occurs to sb that---80.提供某人某物
offer sb sth = offer sth to sb 81.主动提议做某事
offer to do
82.把…对公众开放
open sth to the public 83.为某人动手术
operate on 84.依照某人的看法
in one’s opinion 85.对面的be opposite to 86.有次序;整齐
keep sth in good order 87.混乱;发生故障
be out of order 88.命令某人做某事
order sb to do 89.文明的发源
the origin of civilization 90.换言之
in other words 91.除了
other than 92.前几天
the other day 93.克服缺点/困难
overcome one’s faults/ difficulties 94.悦人的景色
a pleasant outlook 95.开阔视野
broaden/ widen one’s outlook 96.把…归功干
own---to 97.由于
owing to 98.某人自己的书
a book of one’s own 99.单独地;独立无援地
on one’s own
100.跟上时代
keep pace with the times= keep up with the times 1.一双,一对
a pair of 2.引起恐慌
cause a panic 3.平行的;类似的 be parallel to/ with 4.原谅某人做某事
pardon/ excuse/ forgive sb for doing sth 5.禁止停车
no parking
6.(在…中)起作用
play a part/ role in 7.参与;参加
participate in/ take part in/ join in 8.(过于)讲究的;挑剔的;吹毛求疵的 be particular about 9.去世
pass away 10.对(某人)有耐心
have patience with sb = be patient with sb 11.为…铺平道路
pave the way for 12.偿还(欠款)
pay back 13.还清债务
pay off the debt 14.与某人和解;同某人言归于好
make(one’s)peace with 15.---所特有的be peculiar to 16.用铅笔
in pen 17.请求许可
ask for permission 18.允许做某事
permit doing sth 19.允许某人做某事
permit sb to do sth 20.孜孜不倦地学习
persevere in doing sth 21.(固执地)坚持
persist in doing 22.说服某人做某事
persuade sb to do= persuade sb into doing 23.说服某人不做某事
persuade sb not to do = persuade sb out of doing 24.分辨,挑出
pick out 25.拾起;获得;学会;买到;(用车,船)接人
pick up 26.去野餐
go on a picnic 27.清楚地了解
get a clear picture of 28.一堆;一摞
a pile of 29.同情/可怜某人
take/ have pity on sb 30.人民解放军战士
PLA man 31.用简明的英语
in plain English 32.首先
in the first place = first of all= to begin with 33.发生;举行
take place 34.代替;取代
take the place of 35.按计划
as planned 36.高兴做某事
be pleased to do 37.大量的;充足的plenty of 38.跳入,陷入
plunge into 39.指着
point to/ at 40.指出
point out
41.做某事没有意义
There is no point/ sense in doing sth 42.改革开放政策
the reform and open-door policy 43.受…的欢迎
be popular with/ among 44.推迟,延期做某事
delay/ postpone/ put off doing sth 45.上台;执政
come into/ in power 46.停电
power cut/ failure 47.社会实践
social practice 48.练习做某事
practice doing 49.为某事赞扬某人
praise sb for doing sth 50.为了某事而向某人祈祷
pray to sb for sth 51.祈求做某事
pray to do sth 52.宁愿做---也不做…
prefer to do---than to do---53.为某事做准备
prepare for sth 54.在某人面前
in the presence of sb = in sb’s presence55.出席
be present at 56.赠送;提供
present sth to sb = present sb with sth 57.现政府
the present government 58.记者招待会
press/ news conference 59.保护森林免遭灭绝
preserve forests from extinction 60.假装做某事/在做某事/已做某事
pretend to do sth/ to be doing sth/ to have done 61.阻止某人做某事
prevent sb from doing sth 62.平/特价
regular/ special price 63.为---感到自豪
be proud of = take pride in 64.基色
primary colour 65.原则上
in principle 66.把某人关进监狱
cast/ throw/ put/ send sb in(to)prison 67.在进行中
in process 68.获利
make a profit 69.在进展中
in progress 70.取得进步
make progress 71.违背诺言
break a promise 72.守约
keep/ stick to one’s promise 73.许诺某人某事
promise sb.sth.74.答应做某事
promise to do sth 75.保护某人免受…的侵害
protect sb.from/ against sth 76.为某人提供某物
provide sb with sth 77.当众,公开地
in public 78.对公众
to the public 79.因某事惩罚某人
punish sb.for sth../ doing sth 80.购买力
purchasing power 81.故意地;有意地
on purpose 82.把---收起,放好
put away 83.放下;记下;镇压
put down 84.提出;建议;把(钟表指针)前拨
put forward 85.关掉,熄灭;脱去,脱掉;推迟
put off 86.穿上;上演;开(灯、收音机等)
put on 87.熄灭;出版;公布;伸出
put out 88.举起;搭建;提出(计划等);留宿
put up 89.容忍
put up with 90.胜任这份工作
be qualified for the job
91.胜任做一名教师
be qualified as a teacher = be qualified to teach
92.(使)具有…资格
qualify sb.as---93.质量好
be of good/ high quality 94.因某事同某人吵架
quarrel with sb.about sth.95.下倾盆大雨
rain cats and dogs 96.提出一个问题
raise a question 97.养育五个孩子
raise five children 98.筹钱
raise money 99.广泛的a wide range of 100.在---和---之间变化
range from---to---
range between---to---高考写作常用谚语
观点陈述:
1.熟能生巧。
2.爱屋及乌
。一石二鸟
。4.有志者事竟成。5.好的开始等于成功的一半
。6 结尾好一切都好
。7.活到老,学到老
。8.入乡随俗
。(Rome was not built in a day.伟业非一日之功。)
9.眼见为实
。10.患难见真情。11.英雄所见略同。12.知识就是力量。
13.As the tree,so the fruit.种瓜得瓜,种豆得豆。.14.All that glitters is not gold.闪光的未必都是金子。
总结感召:
15.行动胜过语言。
(Facts speak plainer than words.事实胜于雄辩。)16.说起来容易做起来难
。17.欲速则不达
。18三思而后行
。19万事开头难
。.(A journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step.千里之行始于足下。)
20言出必行
。21..失败是成功之母
。(Experience is the mother of wisdom.实践出真知。)Slow and steady wins the race.稳扎稳打无往而不胜 23 A fall into the pit,a gain in your wit.吃一堑,长一智。
For you:
24.No pain;no gain.没有付出就不会有收获 25.God helps those who help themselves.天助自助者。26.An idle youth,a needy age.少壮不努力,老大徒伤悲。
27.36.To live is to learn,to learn is to better live.活着为了学习,学习为了更好的活着。28.All work and no play makes jack a dull boy.只工作不玩耍,聪明孩子也变傻。
29.Know the enemy and know yourself, and you can fight a hundred battles with no danger of being defeated.知己知彼 百战百胜
30.One false step will make a great difference.失之毫厘,谬之千里。
第五篇:高考生物知识点总结
高等植物 :叶绿素 胡萝卜素蓝藻:藻蓝素“杆” “球”“弧”原核生物 蓝藻包括颤藻,蓝球藻,念球藻,发菜
8组成人体的氨基酸不都在人体内合成,有的需要在食物中获取
9蛋白质变性是指空间结构的改变
10阮病毒只有蛋白质,拟病毒只有核酸
11原核生物除了细菌和蓝藻外还有放线菌,支原体,衣原体,立克次氏体
12藻类中只有蓝藻是原核生物
14单糖都是还原糖,麦芽糖,五碳糖也是还原糖,二糖中只有蔗糖不是还原糖,多糖都是非还原糖
15不是所有原核生物都有细胞壁,如支原体
16寄生和腐生是异养,分解者营腐生而病毒营寄生
17酶的化学本质是蛋白质而不是氨基酸,基因的本质是有遗传效应的DNA片段,而不是蕴含信息的核苷酸序列
18不同功能的细胞间mRNA一般不同 但也可能相同,如都含有翻译成呼吸酶的mRNA 21学过的多糖的水解产物都是葡萄糖
26RNA病毒: HIV,SARS,流感,烟草花叶,车前草
DNA病毒:噬菌体
27肽聚糖是细菌的细胞壁的结构多糖
28胆固醇的作用:保证细胞膜有柔韧性,参与血液中脂质的运输,一般在动物细胞膜上存在30癌细胞三大特点 无线增殖,细胞结构改变,细胞膜结构改变(糖减少,粘性减弱)31糖蛋白还有保护和润滑的作用,如消化道和呼吸道上皮表面的糖蛋白
32线粒体叶绿体中也有核糖体
35滑面型内质网与糖类脂质的合成有关,粗面型内质网鱼蛋白质的合成有关
39液泡是成熟植物细胞的标志
40根尖分生区无大液泡
41细胞是生物体代谢遗传的基本单位而不是细胞核,细胞核是遗传信息库
42线粒体是细胞内产生二氧化碳的唯一场所
43细胞是生物体结构和功能的基本单位
44有叶绿体有液泡就为高等植物细胞,再有中心体就为低等植物细胞
45质壁分离是由于原生质层的伸缩性大于细胞壁
46原生质层不包括细胞核
48植物的失水和吸水的过程是自由扩散,细胞膜蛋白不参与此过程
50生物膜的结构特点:流动性也包括蛋白质脂质的分布的不对称性
51尿素的形成在肝脏,排出在肾脏
52脂溶性物质进入膜依靠自由扩散
54植物根系吸收矿物质离子的部位是根尖成熟区
57糖蛋白的作用:决定血型,信息传递,免疫反应,细胞识别
59ATP是进行生命活动的直接能源物质而不是能量
61厌氧性生物不含有线粒体
62一般动物的无氧呼吸是乳酸型,植物的无氧呼吸是酒精型但白菜根,马铃薯块茎等特定器官是乳酸型
63微生物的无氧呼吸也叫做发酵,动植物的无氧呼吸不能叫做发酵
64异化作用:生物体分解自身的一部分有机物,把分解的终产物排出体外,同时释放能量同化作用:利用营养物质,合成自身物质,并储存能量
70纺锤丝=星射线 都为蛋白质细丝
71与细胞板形成有关的的细胞器是高尔基体
73生殖细胞无细胞周期,因为一个细胞只进行一次减数分裂
75若抑制放纺锤丝的形成,则DNA照常复制,而细胞无法分裂成两个细胞
77分化一般不可逆 反例:红骨髓黄骨髓之间的转化
生殖细胞的形成就是细胞分化的结果
81精细胞变成精子,不属于减数分裂过程
82肺炎双球菌转化试验中,加热后的s型细菌荚膜变性失活,从而没有毒性,而加热后的s型细菌的DNA在一定温度范围内非常稳定,即使解链后,冷却也能重新成链,但细胞膜已经全透,于是s型细菌的DNA出来进入R型菌的细胞内,与其遗传物质进行基因重组。83基因是遗传物质的结构和功能的基本单位,其主要载体是染色体,呈线性排列你。线粒体和叶绿体也是基因的载体。原核生物的基因是裸露的。
84DNA解旋需要解旋酶,而DNA合成时氢键是自然形成的是,不需要酶的作用,DNA聚合酶是用来形成磷酸二酯键的87核糖体由rRNA和蛋白质构成88 转录时,只以DNA的一条链为模板,而且每次都是这条为模板
在DNA上的叫遗传信息,在RNA上的叫遗传密码
两种蛋白质的合成过程中,与核糖体结合的信使RNA碱基数目相同,但蛋白质所含的氨基酸数目不同,因为起始密码终止密码引起的差异;翻译后的肽链进行了不同的加工,分别切除了不同数量的氨基酸
吞噬细胞有识别作用(非特异性),浆细胞无识别作用,而浆细胞产生的抗体有特异性识别作用
胰岛素可以促进组织细胞将葡萄糖转化为各种/某些氨基酸
120J型曲线的增长率是种群的最大增长率,即使S型曲线的K/2处的增长率也不会达到最大增长率
水生植物的分层取决于光质(不同的光对水的穿透力不同),水生动物的分层取决于氧气
食物链的起点一定是生产者,仅有消费者不是食物链。
并不是所有的细胞都有细胞周期,细胞分裂产生的子细胞有三种去向:继续分裂;暂不分裂;永不分裂。其中只有的细胞才有细胞周期。
细胞板是真实存在的,他是高尔基体在赤道板位置密集而形成的一种结构,他向四周扩展形成新的细胞壁,显微镜下可以观察到该结构,他是植物所特有的区别于动物细胞的标志。赤道板只表示一个位置,不真实存在,显微镜下观察不到。
基因的分离定律与自由组合定律发生的时间没有先后,同时发生在同源染色体分离的时候。